Marco Larousse & Scott Bourne

PPN - Photo Podcast Network

PPN - Photo Podcast Network

Description

PPN - Photo Podcast Network is your podcast feed for different photography related topics. Each month we cover inspiration, technique, mirrorless photography, Q&A, gear, and other photography related topics. PPN is run by two experienced photographers: Marco Larousse (founder, chief editor, producer and show host) Scott Bourne (founder and show host) You can get more information at www.PhotoPodcasts.com site. Thank you for subscribing and listening!

Categories

Arts

Episodes

Q&A #22 | PPN | When is it ok to work for free and when should you consider a full-frame camera over APS-C or m4/3?

Apr 15, 2019 30:21

Description:

Episode summary: Is there ever a time when it is ok to work for free as a photographer, and if so, when would you make that exception?

And with all of the new fancy full-frame cameras on the market, when would you consider a full-frame camera over a smaller APS-C or m4/3 camera?

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html



This episode is sponsored by:

 

Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3



Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, You have mentioned in the past that photographers should not work for free because images have value and there is quite a high direct cost involved with photography (like camera, lens, training, storage, software, computer, etc.). But would you consider to work for free for a charitable non-profit organization? I have been approached by a local organization and would like to hear your opinion if I should make an exception here? Love the shows! Regards, Soeren

Question from: Soeren, Stockholm, Sweden




Hi Marco, I enjoy your Podcast very much. I am considering the Fuji XT3, but you mentioned on your recent podcast that you would consider a full frame camera for large prints. So just how big can you print with the Fuji APS-C ( XT-2 or XT-3) cameras that you would consider museum quality? Especially, with the new algorithm in Photoshop to up-Res your pictures or even using On1 Software "Resize".

Question from: Rick G., Miami, Florida

 

Gear discussed in this question:

 

Fujifilm X-T3:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2GioWhA

 

Panasonic S1R:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IoT9zJ




Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.




Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork

Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts

Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast

Camera and Inspiration #24 | PPN | From passion to profession in photography - with Ian MacDonald

Apr 1, 2019 01:09:15

Description:

After his career change from being a paramedic and EMS educator, Ian MacDonald turned his photography hobby into his main job. Today, he is a portrait, wedding, and street photographer as well as a photography educator. And Fujifilm made him one of their brand ambassadors. On this episode, Ian shares why he switched to photography and shares helpful tips on how he made it a successful job transition.

As Ian mentioned in the show, he just finished a blog post about the topic "Thoughts on becoming a working creative that you can check out here:

https://ianmacdonaldphotography.com/2019/03/31/thoughts-on-becoming-a-working-creative/

 

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3

 

and

 

Marco Larousse Photography Workshops

http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops

 

 

Links to Ian MacDonald’s work and social media accounts:

Website: https://ianmacdonaldphotography.com/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/ianmacdonaldphotography/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/IanMPhotography   





Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

“Elliott Erwitt - Personal Best”

 

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2WvRIBD

Publishers Website: https://teneues-books.com/personal-best-7

 

Elliott Erwitt is one of the few photographers who has managed to be successful and very well regarded in different genres of photography. He was a great commercial advertising and fashion photographer. And only a few commercial photographers also managed to be this highly regarded in the documentary and art photography community. He is also an incredible street photographer with an eye for the humor in a situation. And his dog photo series in New York is legendary.


Book description from the publishers' website:

(The book contains) ...unique images from a photographic master that will make you smile but also think


One of the all-time greats, Elliott Erwitt is a master whose photographs have defined the visual history of the 20th century - and the 21st. Although his work spans decades, continents and diverse subjects, it is always instantly recognizable. Spontaneous and original, Erwitt’s visions are imbued with true artistry and no trace of artifice. In this definitive collection, the master shares those works he considers his personal best. As you browse this carefully curated retrospective, you’ll feel nostalgia, wonder—and a lasting sense of life’s rich potential. (source: https://teneues-books.com/personal-best-7)

 

 

Marco was interviewed on "Behind the Shot" and talked about the creative thought process behind one of his most famous images:

https://youtu.be/_-eoTsHZQdM

 



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork

Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

We Shoot Mirrorless #24 | PPN | m4/3 vs. Full Frame Lumix S1R - with Daimon Xanthopoulos

Mar 19, 2019 01:08:22

Description:

Panasonic has added a new FF camera line next to there established m4/3 cameras that are very popular by photographers and videographers alike. On this episode, we cover the advantages of each system and how a professional documentary photographer incorporates the systems into his workflow.

 

This show is sponsored by:

 

Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

http://bit.ly/Streetomatic

 

For this show, Marco has invited Daimon Xanthopoulos to talk about his work and why he has decided on using Panasonic LUMIX cameras for his work. Daimon is an amazing documentary photographer and visual artist whose photos and visual stories are being published worldwide. He is also a Panasonic Lumix ambassador but speaks on his own behalf on this episode.

 

Mirrorless gear discussed in this episode:

 

Panasonic Lumix S1

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ip0pLK

 

Panasonic Lumix S1R

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IoT9zJ

 

Panasonic Lumix S PRO 50mm f1.4 lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2InALHr

 

Panasonic Lumix S 24-105mm f4 Macro O.I.S. lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IqOopm

 

Panasonic Lumix S PRO 70-200mm f4 O.I.S. lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ip0FdG

 

Panasonic Lumix G9

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2FkeqXC

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jy9B0u

 

Panasonic Lumix GH5

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HpssJK

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JQLhr1

 

Panasonic Lumix GH5S

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hus2BP

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jn0f8c

 

 

YouTube Video:

Magic of Hawaii - Short video by Daimon filmed with the Lumix S1R in 4K60P

https://youtu.be/RRk7OCz86Y0

 

Mirrorless question of the month:

 

Hi Marco! You have talked about your first experience with the Panasonic Lumix S1R in a previous show. I am currently using the Lumix G9 for my sports and portrait work. What do you think would be my real-world advantages if I add an S1R to my bag? I do about 50% sports and 50% portrait and people photography right now and my sports photos are mainly used for web- and newspaper distribution while my portraits are usually also printed and framed for my clients.

Thanks, Justin.

Question by: Justin, Jacksonville, Florida

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Pascal van Gerven - Title: Elin B&W. See his image at the bottom of this page.

 

Links to Daimon Xanthopoulos:

Web: http://daimon.nl/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/daimonx/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/daimon.xanthopoulos

 

Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Photography and Gear #23 | PPN | Cameras for fast and easy video production

Mar 8, 2019 32:42

Description:

PPN listeners have requested a show regarding gear for good and easy ways to record VLogs, B-Roll, or “selfie videos” to share on platforms like YouTube. On this episode, Marco shares three of the cameras that he regularly uses for easy video production and explains the advantages and disadvantages of each system.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

 

Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3

(use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)


These are the cameras and accessories that Marco covers on this show:


SmartPhone Lenses

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IWLOYd  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VJBeVY

 

SmartPhone Rig and Accessory Holder

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IYAhI9  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VO6mnD

 

Rode external VideoMicro

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2ktSr5b   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2C9sQrP  

 

Audio Technica ATR3350 Lavalier Microphone

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2KSTfMb   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VGW5cD

 

 

Canon LEGRIA mini X (discontinued)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IYzruZ

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2EU76lr

 

 

DJI Osmo Pocket

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IscOi4  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TjrwNo

 

Grip and Tripod + Accessory Holder for DJI Osmo Pocket

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IYBlvD  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TlDh6c  

 

Filter Set (ND & Pola) for DJI Osmo Pocket

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IYLBDV  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TpxlsC  



VEGAS Video Editor for PC

Website: https://www.vegascreativesoftware.com/


LumaFusion Professional Video Editor for iOS

Website: https://luma-touch.com/lumafusion-for-ios/  


A quick PPN YouTube sample video captured with the DJI Osmo Pocket: https://youtu.be/Tqe2wjTzKLI

 

A quick video shot by Marco on the iPhone and edited with the GoPro Quik App: https://youtu.be/8-25feBpaI4



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: http://youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on Apple Podcasts.

We Shoot Mirrorless #23 | PPN | Fuji X-T30, Canon EOS RP, Sony a6400, Lumix S1, Olympus E-M1X, DJI Osmo Pocket, and more

Feb 21, 2019 58:51

Description:

This show is loaded with mirrorless news and hands-on experience with some of the new cameras. For this show, Marco has invited back his friend, journalist, and reviewer of cameras and photographic equipment Angela Nicholson.



This show is sponsored by:

 

Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

http://bit.ly/Streetomatic




Fuji X-T30 - Fuji has introduced the replacement for the X-T20. The new X-T30 gains some features of the top of the line X-T3, like the 26.1 MP BSI sensor, the AF-joystick, and a faster AF. But some features as lacking from the big brother like the second SD-card slot, the high res EVF, and the dedicated ISO dial. Angela has used the camera and shares her experience with it.

 

Fuji X-T30

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IpXtPa

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2NnJPLr



Fuji announced the XF 16mm f2.8 lens. This lens is a much smaller and lighter version of the XF 16mm f1.4 lens. Its built quality is similar to the XF23, 35, and 50mm f2 range of lenses and at about 40% of the weight and 40% of the price of the XF 16mm f1.4 this lens may be worth a second look if you like to add a classic 24mm field of view lens to your bag.

 

Fuji XF 16mm f2.8 R WR lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IoZb36



Fuji has also announced the GF 100-200mm f5.6 LM OIS WR tele-zoom lens for the Fuji GFX medium format camera. This lens will yield an EFV of 80-160mm in FF terms.

 

Fuji GF 100-200mm f5.6 R LM OIS WR

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IoleXO



In April, Fuji will offer a FW update for the X-T3. FW 3.0 will improve the AF speed and face & eye-detection accuracy. A new face-select AF option, when you have multiple faces in the screen, will also be added.



Panasonic has released the final specs of the Lumix S1 and S1R full frame cameras. Marco has used a pre-production review unit of the S1R for a couple of days and shares the specs and some info on the usability and purpose of this camera.

 

Panasonic Lumix S1

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ip0pLK

 

Panasonic Lumix S1R

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IoT9zJ



To go along with the new Lumix S1 cameras, Panasonic has also released three new lenses for the new L-mount. The S PRO 50mm f1.4, the S 24-105mm f4 Macro O.I.S., and the S PRO 70-200 f4 O.I.S. lens. Each lens fills an interesting niche in terms of focal length, weight, features, and price.

 

Panasonic Lumix S PRO 50mm f1.4 lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2InALHr

 

Panasonic Lumix S 24-105mm f4 Macro O.I.S. lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IqOopm

 

Panasonic Lumix S PRO 70-200mm f4 O.I.S. lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ip0FdG



Canon has countered the trend of making new mirrorless full frame cameras larger and introduced the compact entry-level EOS RP with a 26 MP sensor.

 

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ir5Rho

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Vdcbux



And Canon will bring out these 6 new RF-mount lenses in 2019:

 

RF 85mm F1.2 L USM

RF 85mm F1.2 L USM DS

RF 24-70mm F2.8 L IS USM

RF 15-35mm F2.8 L IS USM

RF 70-200mm F2.8 L IS USM (super compact!)

RF 24-240mm F4-6.3 IS USM



Angela shares her hands-on experience with the new Olympus OM-D E-M1X camera and for whom this camera has actually been made.

 

Olympus OM-D E-M1X camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2CEmWhH



Sony has announced the a6400 APS-C that replaces the a6300. The compact 24 MP camera has been pimped with a processor and AF system that Sony claims is the world’s fastest autofocus. And with the speed, they have also added real-time eye AF and real-time tracking. This APS-C camera sounds like the cropped version of an a9, but we are wondering if the rangefinder style shape is really appealing for whom this speedy APS-C camera is targeted at?

 

Sony a6400 camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IDRpmr

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SeBF8D



Angela has tried and then bought the DJI Osmo Pocket camera with its built-in gimbal and 12MP photo and 4k60p video at 100Mbps feature.

 

DJI Osmo Pocket camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IscOi4

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TZVWR0





Mirrorless question of the month:

 

Hi! I mostly shoot weddings and families with a Nikon D750 and have an X-T10 for fun. I want to switch completely to the Fuji X-T2. There are other mirrorless brands but they just don’t interest me and I don’t want full frame due to the size of the lens. The one thing that is holding me back is the time between shutter actuation on the X-T10. I know Marco uses the X-T2 and was curious if he has noticed it on that camera. The X-T10 has a slight delay between shots and would not work in my professional work. Thanks in advance and I love all of your podcast.

Question by: Shaun, Indiana, USA



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Amy Hoogerbrugge - Title: The male cat named Moana. See his image at the bottom of this page.




Links to Angela Nicholson:

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

 

Links to Camera Jabber:

Web: CameraJabber.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber

Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/

 

Links to SheClicks:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/   



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg




Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.




And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Camera and Inspiration #23 | PPN | Is the future of photography in motion? - with Troy Christopher Plota

Feb 14, 2019 52:45

Description:

Troy Christopher Plota talks about the future of photography and how motion in our still images can set us apart from the competition.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3

 

and

 

Marco Larousse Photography Workshops

http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops



Troy Christopher Plota is an award-winning photographer and director who has been shooting advertising and fashion campaigns for 30 years. His work was featured in top publications such as GQ, Vanity Fair and on billboards around the world. You may also have watched his Ted X talk or seen him works as a photographer for Heidi Klum on Germany’s Next Top Model TV show. In recent years he has shifted his focus to become a motion artist and has since created a software and online platform that can turn any photographer into a motion artist.

 

Troy picked fashion photographer and director Herb Ritts (1952 - 2002 in LA, USA) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Herb photographed many celebrities between the 1970s and 1990s amongst them were Madonna, Richard Gere, David Bowie, Ronald Reagan, and many more. But photography was not enough for him so he later directed music videos for stars like Michael Jackson, Madonna, and Britney Spears. He was a true trailblazer as he was one of the first photographers to also produce videos for his clients. You can check out some of his images on his portfolio website: http://www.herbritts.com/#/archive/photo/

 

In the main part of the show, Troy and Marco discuss the topic: Is the future of photography in motion?

 

How does Troy see the future of photography - especially for those photographers who make a living off this craft? The visual world mainly consists of still photos and videos - and many photographers have to offer both technologies to their clients today. Why did Troy think that the world needed something in between both technologies (Plotagraphs)?

 

What is the purpose and advantage of a photo with motion?

 

Where do plotagraphs work and what are the limitations? Do they only work on websites or can you use them on Instagram, Flickr, Linkedin and so on?

 

If our listeners want to create a plotagraph, what do they have to do?

 

Which images will work best for motion? What can you do when capturing the image to ensure that it’ll work for motion?

 

Troy has created the Plotaverse. What is it and why is it necessary to have another social media platform?




Here are the links to Troy Christopher Plota’s work and social media accounts:

 

Website: https://plotaverse.com/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/plotaverse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/plotaverse/   





Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

 

“A different vision on fashion photography” - by Peter Lindbergh.

 

The book is published by TASCHEN and it has 472 pages

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SqffXg

TASCHEN US: http://bit.ly/PLtaschen

 

“Fashion photographers are the new painters” - Peter Lindbergh

Peter Lindbergh’s image of five young models, Linda Evangelista, Naomi Campbell, Tatjana Patitz, Cindy Crawford, and Christy Turlington in downtown NY made the cover of the British Vogue in 1990 and it started a new trend in fashion photography and created a new understanding of female beauty. His black and white film images are raw and alluring. They show character, tell stories but are romantic at the same time. This triggered new ideas for the fashion and art world. After the high-gloss and make-up overkill era of the 1980s, - the back then fairly unknown Lindbergh chose a simple and natural “back to the roots” style with his images. And at first, he was turned down by magazines. But he was very persistent and eventually the new Zeitgeist and potential of this style was realized and created his breakthrough in 1990.

 

Marco likes this book because it is a collection of 40 years of Lindbergh’s work and it shows the influence that he has had on the fashion industry.

His grainy B&W images leave a lot of room for the character, the natural beauty and the soul of the model and turned the fashion that was advertised into a by-product or accessory in the background. According to Marco, this book should belong in any photo book collection.




Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

Q&A #21 | PPN | Charge more with a bigger camera, electronic or manual shutter, L-bracket love, and matching prints to lighting conditions

Feb 7, 2019 27:10

Description:

Charge more with a bigger camera, electronic or manual shutter, L-bracket love, and matching prints to clients lighting conditions - are the PPN listener questions that Marco answers on this episode.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html


This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3


Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hello Marco, I have a gear and marketing related question for you. I am working part-time as an event and wedding photographer. On my jobs, I use a Fuji X-T2 and a Fuji X-Pro 2 with prime lenses. My clients are always satisfied with the results that I deliver. But especially at weddings I often see guests with much bigger and more expensive DSLR cameras taking pictures as well. And sometimes I get asked if I plan on upgrading to a pro camera any time, soon - or similar questions. I know that my images are good, but do you think that it would help to upgrade to a larger kit in order to look more professional and maybe charge more money for my jobs in the future?

Question from: Steve, Hong Kong

 

Gear discussed in this question:

Battery grips for Fuji:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2SvvvFl

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RNOK92

 

Battery grips for Olympus:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2SvFfPX

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Gc89yV

 

Battery grips for Panasonic:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2SyEENE

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RIKrf9

 

Battery grips for Sony:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2SyF8mW

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2UGO3ju

 

Battery grips for Canon:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2SChhm6

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TAacjj

 

Battery grips for Nikon:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2SxvBwh

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2DbFoOY


Hi, could you please elaborate on the difference between the electronic vs. the mechanical shutter. When should you and when should you not use the different kinds of shutter?

Question from: Vincent, Long Beach, California


Hi Marco, what is the point of using an extra L-bracket or L-plate with a tripod? I can simply turn the ball head on my tripod by 90° to move from landscape to portrait orientation. Thanks!

Question from: Christian, Copenhagen, Denmark

 

Gear discussed in this question:

L-brackets for different cameras

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MQuLp7

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SfzeaL

 

I’m having a hard time judging the true color of my printed photos. I have a calibrated LCD monitor and a calibrated ICC workflow. The images come out in my studio the way I want, but when I bring them to hang at a customers house or display them at a coffee shop, they often have a different color tint. How can I avoid this?

Question from: Matthew, Ontario, Canada

 

Gear discussed in this question:

Philips Hue Lightbulbs

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MT1aeO

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GetB6w


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 3 or Aurora HDR software.

If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts

Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast

Photography and Gear #22 | PPN | Flash photography and gear with Damien Lovegrove

Jan 31, 2019 59:19

Description:

Flash photography is still a mystery to some photographers. It can be tricky but the advancements in technology, both on the camera and on the flash hardware side, made it easier and more affordable to get into flash photography. Marco invited portrait and beauty photographer Damien Lovegrove to discuss the different systems that are on the market, what they are best used for, and what mistakes to avoid.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Aurora HDR - The world's most advanced HDR photo editor

http://bit.ly/ppn-aurora

(use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)


These are the flash systems that Marco and Damien cover on this show:


Compact “Speedlite-style” flash systems:

 

 

Godox TT685 HSS TTL 2.4GHz (uses AA batteries)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FzUrGL

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S85UPg

 

Godox V860II TTL 2.4GHz (uses Li-Ion battery)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MH9235

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HHpHVj

 

Godox XPro Wireless Trigger 2.4GHz

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FxO0Uz

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PFCg6W

 

Nissin i40 TTL

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MIXVGH

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Tmr3WT

 

Nissin i60A TTL 2.4GHz

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MG8iuS

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RvYJzG

 

Nissin Di700A Kit 2.4GHz

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MEGuXX

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S2lFvh


Batteries for Speedlites:

 

eneloop PRO AA and AAA rechargeable batteries

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2r1dVtr

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OSG6Et


Speedlite light modifier options:

 

MagMod - Light former accessories

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MJjoiB

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SfvmFT

 

Lastolite Ezybox accessories

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MHi4wS

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2CX0LDB

 

Honl flash accessories

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MInis0

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BaVrfI


Powerful compact flash systems:

 

Godox AD-200 TTL HSS 24GHz

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MHE5eT

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SeOcNp

 

Profoto A1 AirTTL

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MNpSNP

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BbaRjX


Small monoblock studio strobes:

 

Godox AD400Pro TTL HSS 2.4GHz

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MIYMan

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RoQdCd

 

Profoto B10 250Ws Flash Head

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MHEvlt

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HJ0PMO

 

Elinchrom ELB Flash Head with Battery Pack

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MELXxG

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S3qDIs


Powerful studio strobes:

 

Godox AD600BM HSS 600Ws (Damien’s and Marco’s best value choice)

B&H:https://bhpho.to/2MFl2St

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Tstw29

 

Godox AD600Pro TTL HSS 600Ws

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MHsCfj

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RV2xPX

 

Profoto B1X 500 AirTTL

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MIoBqU

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2UtIrZI

 

Broncolor Siros L 800Ws

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MGa8Mi


Links to Damien Lovegrove:

Website: https://www.lovegrovephotography.com/

Workshop Adventures: https://lovegroveadventures.com/

Blog: https://www.prophotonut.com/

Lighting kit supplies: https://lovegrove.lighting/

Leather portfolios: https://leather-portfolios.com/


Portraits book: https://lovegroveportraits.com/

Discount for PPN listeners: Use the code “ppn” to get 40% discount on Portraits, the new eBook by Damien Lovegrove. The code is only valid for a limited time!

 

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/damienlovegrove/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/passionphotographyexperience/  

Twitter: https://twitter.com/damienlovegrove

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/user/lovegrovephotography/


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on Apple Podcasts.

We Shoot Mirrorless #22 | PPN | The new Olympus E-M1X camera - hands on with Chris Eyre-Walker

Jan 24, 2019 01:12:20

Description:

Olympus announced the new OM-D E-M1X today, and PPN got early access to the camera. But to give you an in-depth look at the new camera, we’ve invited Olympus Visionary Chris Eyre-Walker who has been using the new camera for about 4 months in different environments and conditions.


This show is sponsored by:

 

Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

http://bit.ly/Streetomatic



Marco invited Olympus Visionary Chris Eyre-Walker to this show to share his in-depth experience with the new Olympus E-M1X camera. He is a professional adventure and travel photographer from Belgium. He has traveled with his camera to many exciting places like Faroe Islands, Nicaragua, Cuba, Iceland, and the Alps. And starting in 2017 he expanded his skill set to videography to create adventure films to go along with his adventure photography. He has since created an amazing collection of adventure videos that you should check out in his YouTube channel (click).

 

The Olympus OM-D E-M1X is the new top of the line Pro camera body from Olympus. It shares the same 20.4 MP Live MOS sensor with the E-M1 MK II, but many features have been improved on the E-M1X. Olympus claims that even the sensors noise and quality have been improved due to the addition of a second True Pic VIII processor.

 

Auto Focus: The Auto Focus has been re-developed and improved. The sensor still has 121 all cross type phase detection points but the AF algorithm has also been upgraded. The AF should jump less between shots even during sequential shootings - especially when tracking subjects that move unpredictably.

 

The AF performance in low light manages up to -6EV with an f1.2 lens or -4EV with an f2.8 lens.

A new intelligent subject detection AF has been implemented. The AF settings have been developed for Motorsports, Airplanes, and Trains so far.

 

The camera also has a fully customizable AF group matrix mode. You can customize your AF target to an odd number of points up to 11 vertical and 11 horizontal.


EVF: The EVF has a 0.83x magnification and up to 120fps plus a reaction time of 0.005 seconds. The E-M1 MK II EVF has a 0.74x magnification.


Power: The E-M1X has a built-in battery grip for 2 BLH-1 batteries (same as E-M1 MK II) and finally allows for USB charging. The built-in USB-C charging option allows for 2 hours charging time of both batteries. And you also have the option of USB power delivery if you want to connect power to the camera directly. This can be useful for studio photo- or video shoots.

 

Image Stabilization: Up to 7-stops in camera or up to 7.5 stops with IS lens (measured with 12-100 PRO lens). The new gyroscope sensor is 5 times more accurate.

This also enables a 50MP high resolution shot handheld!

 

Live ND mode: This is a computational feature that calculates multiple shots to give you an effect of an up to ND32 filter (that’s 5-stops) 1-5 stops are possible)

 

In-camera GPS and compass

 

Video: New adjustable stabilization modes including customizable and more natural IS modes. A new OM-Log look has also been added.

 

Ergonomics: This camera is big for an m4/3 due to the integrated battery grip. But the ergonomics of this camera has been very well thought of. One example is that it has the exact same layout for the most important function buttons in both, portrait and landscape orientation.

 

Reliability: Olympus also focused on pro-grade reliability for the E-M1X. It’S IPX1 weather resistance and a new heat management system help to make this camera very reliable in the field in almost all weather conditions. The shutter has been tested to withstand over 400.000 shutter actuations - that’s twice the amount of the E-M1 MK II.

 

Price: The E-M1X is $3000 or €3000

 

Check out or order the Olympus OM-D E-M1X at B&H: https://bhpho.to/2CEmWhH


Mirrorless question of the month:

 

Hi Marco! We have seen so many new full-frame mirrorless cameras introduced in the past months. Do you think that smaller sensor cameras like m4/3 and APS-C have a future? Especially since smartphones are getting more capable and crop sensor camera bodies are also increasing in size (like Panasonic GH5 & G9, Fuji X-H1 etc). I would love to hear your thoughts on this.

Question by: Tim, Denver, Colorado

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Tim Vrtiska - Title: Treetop. See his image at the bottom of this page.



Links to Chris Eyre-Walker:

Web: https://chriseyrewalker.com

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCwI-I_A76zG6qsQphjXExqA

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/chriseyrewalker/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/chriseyrewalkerphoto/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/ChrisEyreWalker  


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)



And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Camera and Inspiration #22 | PPN | How to take better environmental portraits - with Damien Lovegrove

Jan 16, 2019 01:01:06

Description:

Damien Lovegrove shares valuable tips on how to improve your portrait shooting skills and what to watch out for on the technical and emotional side of a portrait shoot.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software

http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3

 

and

 

Marco Larousse Photography Workshops

http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops



Damien Lovegrove has been a pro photographer for many years and has covered different genres of photography. During his career, he has won many awards but he eventually decided not to participate in competitions anymore and let the clients be the judges of his images. He is a world-renowned portrait photographer and a teacher who shares his passion for light, places, and people in workshops around the world. He is also a great guy and it is always inspiring to listen to him talk about photography.

 

Damien shares how he started his career as a cameraman at the BBC and learned how to light people and how actors were guided into narratives in front of the camera. Eventually, he quit his job at the BBC and became a commercial photographer and later a wedding photographer. Today he teaches his passion for lighting and capturing portraits in workshops around Europe and the rest of the world.

 

Damien picked the German photographer Vincent Peters (born 1969 in Bremen, Germany) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Vincent is best known for his strong and beautifully lit fashion photography. He has worked for the top fashion labels and magazines like Dior, Louis Vuitton, Hugo Boss, Nike, Vogue, and Harper’s Bazaar. Damien finds especially Vincent’s strong and moody B&W photos stunning. Check out a selection of Vincent’s photos in GOOGLE’S Image Search (click link) or go directly to his website at: http://www.vincentpetersphotography.com (site seems to be down!)

 

In the main part of the show, Damien and Marco discuss different aspects on how to approach a model photo shoot.

 

Prepare and practice so that you are confident with the technical aspect of your shoot. This will comfort the model and put less stress on you.

 

Create a narrative to pose your model in a natural way.

 

Shooting outside the studio can actually be easier as things are more natural and less static. Find good locations with layers and controlled light like overpasses to place your model at and work with the available light.

 

Bring only one flash if you want to add more light and don’t use E-TTL in situations where the flash is placed off the camera. A manual flash setting will yield much greater control and consistency.

 

Set up your camera for a good ambient exposure mood and then add the flash manually to bring more light onto the subject.

 

Only use the bare light without light formers to imitate the strong light of the natural sun. A big softbox will make faces appear wider than a well placed small light source.

 

Use continuous light in darker situations where you don’t need to overpower the sun. This gives you a lot of control, especially when using an EVF.

 

Enjoy your photo shoot. Make photography fun and remove the stress from it.



Here are the links to Damien’s work and social media accounts:

 

Website: https://www.lovegrovephotography.com/

Adventures: https://lovegroveadventures.com/

Blog: https://www.prophotonut.com/

 

Portraits book: https://lovegroveportraits.com/

Discount for PPN listeners: Use the code "ppn" to get 40% discount on Portraits, the new eBook by Damien Lovegrove. Code expires 30th April 2019!

 

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/damienlovegrove/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/passionphotographyexperience/  

Twitter: https://twitter.com/damienlovegrove

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/user/lovegrovephotography/




Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

 

“PORTRAITS” - by Damien Lovegrove.

 

Link: https://lovegroveportraits.com/

 

Use the discount code: “ppn” to get 40% off (valid until April 30th, 2019)

 

Description of the Ebook from Damien’s website:

 

“Everything I know about portrait photography is in this book. I hope it helps you to achieve a lifetime of enjoyment from your photography.”

In this no-holds-barred e-book, I deconstruct my complete portrait making process. From the planning stages and capture, through to delivery and archive – it’s all here. I reveal my secrets of creative success and the proven techniques I employ to capture fabulous portraits anywhere, at any time. - Damien

The book contains: 356 richly illustrated pages. 384 high res photographs with all the exposure and lighting details used to create them. Over 50,000 words of creative vision that took two years to write. Everything you need to know about taking portraits is now in one place. An expert layout that delivers the best reader experience to you. Two resolutions available (high or standard definition) to suit your broadband speed and device capacity. You get to choose one or both after making your purchase.



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

Q&A #20 | PPN | How to improve your photography in 2019

Jan 9, 2019 30:26

Description:

How to improve your photography and how to choose a photo project in 2019 - are the inspirational PPN listener questions that Marco answers on this episode.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 


This episode is sponsored by:

 

Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing

https://bit.ly/2QgVnnC

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, first of all, Happy New Year and all the best for 2019! I have been listening to Scott and you for many years on different podcasts. But I love how you run and structure PPN. This has become my favorite podcast channel. As a listener for many years, you now have finally convinced me to start a photo project for 2019. But now I’m sitting here all excited but without an idea what kind of topic to choose. Can you help me with some advice on how I can come up with a good personal photo project? I’m an avid amateur photographer but do have some free time for photo projects. Thanks for all the hard work and great shows!

Question from: Willem, Rotterdam, Netherlands


Marco’s “Hamburg Unstaged 2017” street photography project on YouTube: https://youtu.be/qo2YUDUgV5I

 

Hi Marco, 2019 is the year I want to seriously improve my photography. I do have some basic skills but somehow my photos are boring and I don’t get a lot of encouraging comments or likes for them. I do enjoy the inspiration on the PPN shows, but can you give me some extra homework or inspiration to live and breathe photography in 2019? Thanks!

Question from: Julia from Oakland, California



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR software.

If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

Camera and Inspiration #21 | PPN | Photo inspiration and projects for 2019 - Embrace where you live - with Scott Bourne

Dec 28, 2018 55:37

Description:

Scott Bourne (PPN co-founder) returned for the traditional last PPN “Camera and Inspiration” episode of the year. Marco and Scott sit in front of their virtual fireplace to look back at the photography inspiration of 2018 and ahead at new projects for 2019. The advice that Scott gives for 2019 is to “embrace where you live and the people around you.”

 

This episode is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

Scott Bourne (PPN co-founder) returned for the traditional last Camera and Inspiration show of the year. Marco and Scott sit in front of their virtual fireplace to look back at the photography inspiration of 2018 and ahead at new projects for 2019. The advice that Scott gives for 2019 is to “embrace where you live and the people around you.”

 

Marco picked the Armenian-Turkish photographer Ara Gueler (1928 - 2018) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Ara was probably the most influential Turkish photographer so far. He started to work as a photojournalist for a local newspaper in Istanbul in 1950 and was soon sent out to work in the middle east, Asia, North America, and Europe. When Henri Cartier Bresson met Ara, he convinced him to join Magnum. While Ara traveled the world and captured many amazing images with his analog Leica camera on B&W film, most of his work - portraits his hometown Istanbul. His portfolio shows an amazing visual history of the city. And he did not only focus on the spectacular and newsworthy events, but rather the everyday life, the little details, and the normal people. Ara won many awards for his work and also captured famous people like Picasso, Dali, and Churchill. But have a look at his images from Istanbul as your personal motivation to be persistent in capturing everyday life in your own city. There is also a documentary movie about him called “The eye of Istanbul” that is worth checking out. You can see some of Ara’s work on the Magnum website: https://www.magnumphotos.com/newsroom/ara-guler-1928-2018/

 

In the main part of the show, Scott and Marco discuss some essential inspiration based on the past twelve PPN Camera and Inspiration shows of 2018. Here are the shows in chronological order:

 

January 2018

Camera and Inspiration #10 | PPN | Kevin Mullins on Inspiration and Documentary Style Wedding Photography

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-10-ppn-january-25th-2018

 


February 2018

Camera and Inspiration #11 | PPN | Bill Wadman - Take Portrait. Obsess. Repeat.

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-11-ppn-february-28th-2018

 

 

March 2018

Camera and Inspiration #12 | PPN | Beauty and still life photography inspiration with Zoë Noble

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-12-ppn-beauty-and-still-life-photography-inspiration-with-zoe-noble



April 2018

Camera and Inspiration #13 | PPN | Jeff Widener - Iconic Tank Man Photographer and more

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-13-ppn-jeff-widener-iconic-tank-man-photographer-and-more 

 

 

May 2018

Camera and Inspiration #14 | PPN | Hands on inspiration with Olaf Sztaba - a visual poet and more

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-14-ppn-hands-on-inspiration-with-olaf-sztaba-a-visual-poet-and-more 

 

 

June 2018

Camera and Inspiration #15 | PPN | Rocking photography with concert photographer Steve Brazill

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-15-ppn-rocking-photography-with-concert-photographer-steve-brazill

 

 

July 2018

Camera and Inspiration #16 | PPN | Analog inspiration with Chris Marquardt

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-16-ppn-analog-inspiration-with-chris-marquardt

 

 

August 2018

Camera and Inspiration #17 | PPN | Stunning landscape photography with Nick Page

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-17-ppn-stunning-landscape-photography-with-nick-page

 

 

September 2018

Camera and Inspiration #18 | PPN | Selling your images in galleries and online with Jeffrey Stoner

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-18-ppn-selling-your-images-in-galleries-and-online-with-jeffrey-stoner

 

 

October 2018

Camera and Inspiration #19 | PPN | How incidents in your life can turn into a creative photography project with Pia Parolin

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-19-ppn-how-incidents-in-your-life-can-turn-into-a-creative-photography-project-with-pia-parolin

 

 

November 2018

Camera and Inspiration #20 | PPN | Essential tips and inspiration for street photography with Valérie Jardin

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-20-ppn-essential-tips-and-inspiration-for-street-photography-with-valerie-jardin

 

 

December 2018 - this show

Camera and Inspiration #21 | PPN | Photo inspiration and projects for 2019 - Embrace where you live with Scott Bourne.



Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

 

“On this earth, a shadow falls” by Nick Brandt

 

Excerpt quote about the book from Amazon DE:

“In 2001, Nick Brandt embarked on an ambitious photographic project, a trilogy of books memorializing the fast-disappearing natural grandeur of East Africa. Focusing on some of the world's last great populations of large mammals--elephants, giraffes, lions, gorillas and their kin--he created two of the twenty-first century's most popular photographic books: the instant bestsellers On This Earth (2005) and A Shadow Falls (2009). Portraying East Africa's animals with a solemnity and empathy usually reserved for human subjects, Brandt's photographs "tell us, in a way that is beyond words, that we do not own this planet, and are not the only beings living on it who matter," as philosopher Peter Singer writes in an essay in this new volume.…”

 

Amazon US: http://a.co/d/4NOYWxo

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Acndbh



Links to Scott Bourne:

Web: http://scottbourne.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/scottbourne

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bourne.scott/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/scottbourne

 

Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #21 | PPN | How will Artificial Intelligence influence photography with Alex Savsunenko

Dec 21, 2018 48:01

Description:

AI is slowly entering our daily lives and can make many tasks easier for us. Thankfully, photo editing software is also becoming more intelligent and helps photographers to speed up their workflow and post-processing. But where are we now in the development and where are we headed in the next couple of years? Will photographers be obsolete in the not so distant future?

Marco invited Alex Savsunenko (head of Skylum AI lab) to discuss this topic.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

These are some of the topics that Marco and Alex discuss on this episode:

 

What exactly is the definition of AI?

 

Where is AI implemented in current photo editing software like Luminar 3?

 

Is the device processing power still the bottleneck for AI tasks or do we still need more advancements on the programming side?

 

Will AI be able to help us with image keywording and to make intelligent searches throughout our whole image library?

 

Will we ever see an intelligent way to apply exactly the same image look to a whole series of images based on how we have been doing our editing in the past? Filters and styles are not smart, yet.

 

How likely is it that the AI image processing will be applied directly into our cameras?

 

Alex looks into his crystal ball where he sees AI implementation in the next few years.

 

LUMINAR 3 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 


Links to Alex Savsunenko:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sasha.savsunenko

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/alex-enhance/

 

Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #21 | PPN | The big mirrorless retrospective show of 2018

Dec 14, 2018 01:14:29

Description:

2018 was an amazing year for the mirrorless camera market. Many new cameras were announced and new manufacturers entered the full frame mirrorless market. Marco and Angela discuss the major mirrorless news of 2018 on this episode #21 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for December 2018.



This show is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.

https://bit.ly/2OEy6aS

 

COSYSPEED Kickstarter link: https://kck.st/2zRAFB8




Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Angela Nicholson (co-founder of CameraJabber.com) back to the show to talk about the major mirrorless news and products of 2018.

 

Links to some of the recent top cameras in this segment:

Canon EOS R

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2OCxHWv

 

Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NvFe97

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OgSxi6

 

Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2wnfIfQ

 

Fuji X-T3:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pmdfOP   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM



Mirrorless shows from each month of 2018:

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #10 for January 2018

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/we-shoot-mirrorless-10-ppn-january-18th-2018

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #11 for February 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #11 | PPN | Fuji X-H1, Panasonic GX9, Lensbaby, DJI Mavic Air, and more

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #12 for March 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #12 | PPN | Sony a7 III, Canon EOS M50, Olympus FW updates, and more

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #13 for April 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #13 | PPN | Birthday, NAB News, and Giveaways

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #14 for May 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #14 | PPN | Firmware Frenzy, Medium Format Love, and Vacation Cams

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #15 for June 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #15 | PPN | On Talking Mirrorless vs. DSLR with Bill Wadman

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #16 for July 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #16 | PPN | X-T100, Luminar DAM, Panasonic, Olympus, Nikon, Sony, and more

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #17 for August 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #17 | PPN | XF10, Nikon FF camera, Wide and Tele lenses, Sony, Olympus, Panasonic, and more

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #18 for September 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #18 | PPN | Fuji X-T3, Canon EOS R, Panasonic LX100 II, Leica, Apple, COSYSPEED, and more

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #19 for October 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #19 | PPN | Photokina 2018 - Big camera news roundup - Panasonic S1, L-mount alliance, Fuji GFX 50R, Sigma, Ricoh GR III, Zenith M, Zeiss ZX1, and more.

 

We Shoot Mirrorless #20 for November 2018

We Shoot Mirrorless #20 | PPN | Mirrorless news from Leica, Nikon, GoPro, DJI, Sigma, and more.

 

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: David Queenan - Title: Queensferry Crossing.




Links to Angela Nicholson:

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

 

Links to Camera Jabber:

Web: CameraJabber.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber

Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/

 

Links to SheClicks:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Q&A #19 | PPN | Best of PPN Q&A 2018

Dec 7, 2018 01:31:13

Description:

This show contains a great selection of photography questions send in by PPN listeners in 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html


This episode is sponsored by:

 

Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing

https://bit.ly/2QgVnnC

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv


Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Should I buy a kit lens bundle as they are often a good value or rather buy the body only and use the extra money for the better lens that I really want?

Question from: Frank from Brisbane, Australia


Hi PPN Team, my project for 2018 is to start to become a serious portrait photographer. I use a Fuji X-T2 and have the XF 14mm f2.8, XF 23mm f2, and XF 35mm f1.4 lens so far. I’m looking at buying a real portrait lens and I’m in between the XF 56mm f1.2 and the XF 90mm f2. I’ve heard that both are optically very good, but which focal length would be better?

Thanks for all the shows!

Question from: Sandro, Toronto, Canada


Hello Marco, I have been listening to you and Scott for some time and love the inspiration and knowledge that you share with so much enthusiasm on PPN. You are also one of the reasons that I want to pursue my photography more seriously and maybe start to make a living as a photographer. I enjoy to do portrait photography and could also see myself photographing weddings. You have mentioned that you are also a consultant for photography, so could you please give me some initial thoughts on how I should proceed? Thank you!

Question from: Charlotte, Dallas, Texas

 

Links that Marco mentioned while answering this question:

Save $2 on your first purchase of a new domain at Hover: https://hover.com/WAlY3czw

 

Wireless Noise Canceling Headphones Sony WH-1000XM2/XM3 or Bose QuietComfort 35 II

B&H:

Sony: https://bhpho.to/2qXGFmT

Bose: https://bhpho.to/2G0LrKV

Amazon Germany:

Sony https://amzn.to/2q8h36P

Bose https://amzn.to/2q5WUxw

 

Hi Marco, after many years of photography, I’m still uncertain which exposure metering mode I should use on my camera. My camera has three modes (matrix metering, center-weighted metering, and spot metering). Which one do you use as default mode and when would you switch to one of the other modes?

Question from: Kyle, Chicago, Illinois

 

 

Hi Marco, I have started to become a more serious photographer about 3 years ago. I share my images on Instagram and Flickr and have received many likes and some positive comments so far. Now I have been invited to submit my images to a photo competition. What are your thoughts on photo competitions? Are they any good to make me more famous and expand my network or are they a waste of time and money?

Question from: Adrian, Melbourne, Australia

 

 

I have been photographing for a few years now, but I’m still uncertain which camera setting should be my go-to base in the exposure triangle? ISO, aperture, or shutter speed?

Question from Bjoern, Hamburg, Germany

 

 

Hi Marco, why do you shoot with wide angle lenses for street or documentary photography? It seems so much easier to work candidly with a longer lens since you don’t have to get so close to your subject. And the chances of “getting caught” seem to decrease the longer the focal length of the lens is. Thanks!

Question from: Mateo, Barcelona, Spain

 

 

Hi Marco, I have recently started to work as a part-time event and wedding photographer and always try to improve my workflow and quality of work. I often read on forums that a real pro should shoot in “M” (Manual) mode like the real masters do. But I have been taught that today’s cameras are very capable and often do a better job in choosing the right settings than a human can. I’m a bit confused about which is the better approach. Can you help in clarifying this for me? Thank you for all of the great shows that you produce. I’ve learned a lot so far.

Question from: Julia, Vancouver, Canada

 

 

Hola Marco, I am really inspired by the inspirational photographers that you have interviewed and introduced at PPN. I have looked at many of their images and this has challenged me to take an iconic photo one day. I am an avid amateur and know how to take good photos. Some of my images have been printed in a local newspaper already. I know that this is not an easy question to answer, but what can I do to achieve my dream one day?

Question from: Juan, Madrid, Spain


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

Camera and Inspiration #20 | PPN | Essential tips and inspiration for street photography with Valérie Jardin

Nov 30, 2018 01:03:38

Description:

Essential tips for street photography with Valérie Jardin.

This episode is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Valérie Jardin is a French photographer, currently residing in the United States. After working as a commercial photographer, she now dedicates her time to educating others. Since 2012, Valérie has taken her camera all over the world teaching students the art of visual storytelling. Paris, New York, Rome, Amsterdam, Melbourne, and San Francisco are just a few of the locations she visits. Apart from teaching others to see photographically, Valérie is a prolific author, a speaker, and a podcast producer of the weekly show Hit The Streets. She has been an official Fujifilm X-Photographer since 2014.

 

Valérie picked Elliott Erwitt (born 1928 in Paris, France) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Elliott is a commercial and documentary/street photographer who was one of the first photographers to be recognized by the commercial as well as the art world for his photography. He is probably best known for his street photography series of dogs but also captured portraits of many famous people. You can check out Elliott’s work on Magnum Photos here: https://pro.magnumphotos.com/C.aspx?VP3=CMS3&VF=MAGO31_10_VForm&ERID=24KL53Z1OG

 

In the main part of the show, Valérie and Marco discuss some essential inspirational tips on how to approach street photography. What is the vision behind street photography, how to prepare for a day out shooting, how weather and light influence the kind of street photography style for the day, and more.




Here are the links to Valérie’s work and social media accounts:

Web: www.valeriejardin.com

Webinars: https://valeriejardinphotography.com/webinars/

Workshops: https://valeriejardinphotography.com/overview/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/valeriejardinphotography

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/valeriejardin/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/valeriejardin

iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/hit-streets-valerie-jardin/id1155913704




Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

“ANONYMOUS” by Valérie Jardin

Direct link to the ANONYMOUS eBook: https://gumroad.com/l/AUcyQ

 

Quote from Valérie’s ANONYMOUS website:

“If you are an introvert and the simple thought of getting close to a stranger makes you sweat, or if you live in a country where posting identifiable pictures of people on social media is frowned upon, or simply if getting close to people to photograph them feels too sneaky or obtrusive, know that there are other ways to practice the beautiful genre of street photography without getting close to your subject.

This new book will show you ways to be more incognito on the streets while also preserving the anonymity of your subjects.”



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #20 | PPN | Marco’s Photography Gift Guide 2018

Nov 23, 2018 40:26

Description:

Just in time for the major shopping season and best deals of the year, Marco shares his photography gift list for 2018. If you are a photographer or are looking for a gift for a photographer, this is the show that you should listen to!

 

This episode is sponsored by:

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

Marco’s Photography Gift list for 2018:

 

Camera maintenance:

 

Giottos Rocket Blaster

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FAgInP

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zn3d5j

 

Visible Dust EZ Sensor Cleaning Kit

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FAToX4

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S8gTrD

 

 

Camera protection and accessories:

 

Vello Screen Protector

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FzGFDY

 

Movo LCD Protector

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zjeuni


Half Cases for Cameras

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FAVeXY

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OVu0KJ

 

 

Camera bags:

 

COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER STREETOMATIC+

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FxJrJG

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KuBjJ7

 

Think Tank Retrospective V2.0

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FzCiJ9

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KoYi8n

 

Power & energy:

 

USB Power Hubs

B&H: RAVPower 6 x charger: https://bhpho.to/2qZYuSm

Amazon Germany: Anker 5x charger: https://amzn.to/2zkI8sm


eneloop PRO AA and AAA Rechargeable Batteries

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2r1dVtr

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OSG6Et

 

Memory cards and storage:

 

Lexar Professional SD 1000x UHS-II

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2qVOVUA

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PIyk5n

 

Lexar Professional SD 2000x UHS-II

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2qVP3U4

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OX3DnZ


WD My Book Desktop USB 3 external HDD (3.5”)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2r1k4pv

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SbZMWf

 

WD My Passport USB 3 portable HDD (2.5”)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2r0sGNq

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zoDwRI

Lexar 512GB SL100 USB 3.1 Portable SSD

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Fxh12r

 

SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD 500GB

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2A8ZZC0



Flash and LED lights:

 

Godox TT685 HSS TTL Flash

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FzUrGL

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S85UPg


Godox AD600B Studio Flash

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FCsiyF

 

Godox AD600BM Studio Flash

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S6sWpn


Godox XPro Wireless Trigger

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FxO0Uz

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PFCg6W


YONGNUO YN-300 III LED Light with Bluetooth Remote App

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FBe4xV

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2A7SCL4

 

Fun cameras:

 

GoPro Hero7 Black

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FpiGHz

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PNfM3Z


Ryze Tech Tello Drone powered by DJI

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Fxl0Mr

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Txmycr

 

Compact tripod:

 

Manfrotto Pixi Evo Mini

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FybGYH

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OWuel1

 

Camera microphones:

 

Rode VideoMicro

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2ktSr5b

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2qXGFmT

 

Audio-Technica ATR3350

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FC8V8P

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2AbupDM

 

Noise-cancelling Bluetooth Headphones:

 

Sony WH-1000XM3

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2qXGFmT

 

Sony WH-1000XM2

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BoL3la

 

 

Good value compact cameras:

 

Fuji X-T100

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2m32O0G body only

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zkQTTd body only

 

Panasonic Lumix GX9

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jy9Rwu with 12-60mm lens

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OVQD1K body only

 

Photographer portfolio website builder:

 

Portfoliobox.net

https://www.portfoliobox.net/via/ppn

 

More Gear show #18 for website building inspiration on how to build a good looking portfolio website.

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/more-gear-show-18-ppn-how-to-create-a-great-looking-photographer-website-with-gustav-degerma

 

Photo workshops:

 

Marco’s street photography workshops

https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/

 

Free gift:

 

Free Photography Education, Inspiration, and Entertainment at PPN

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #20 | PPN | Mirrorless news from Leica, Nikon, GoPro, DJI, Sigma, and more.

Nov 16, 2018 53:12

Description:

The L-mount alliance, Nikon Z7, Leica Q-P, Nikon P1000, GoPro Hero7, DJI Mavic 2, Sigma, and Samyang are some of the topics that Marco and Mat discuss on episode #20 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for November 2018.


This show is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.

https://bit.ly/2OEy6aS



Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Mathieu Gasquet (Mat) co-founder of Mirrorlessons.com

 

Mat talks about his highlights from Photokina 2018. He was especially impressed by the Panasonic, Leica, and Sigma announcement of the L-Lens Alliance. And he shares his feelings about the performance of his Nikon Z7 camera after testing it for one month.

 

Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NvFe97

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zUPFgN

 

Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2wnfIfQ

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zdnDxx

 

Canon EOS R

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2OCxHWv

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2DIHusv



Mirrorless news that is covered on this show:

 

Leica announced an update to the full frame fixed lens mirrorless Q camera. Marco shares what improvements he would like to see in an upgraded Q and compares it to what was actually improved in the new Q-P that retails for $5000 and is $750 more expensive than the regular Q.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FpzAWs

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zaPrTj

 

Nikon is shipping a telescope camera, well - almost a telescope-camera. The 16MP 1 / 2.3” sensor Nikon Coolpix P1000 offers an optical zoom lens with an equivalent field of view of 24-3000mm. Yes, that is 3000 with three zeros! The lens has a starting aperture of f2.8 on the wide side and f8 on the tele-end. The included “bird” and “mood” mode gives you a pretty good idea, for what kind of photographers this camera is made for.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FlN0CD  

Amazon German: https://amzn.to/2zbSNVX

 

GoPro is shipping the new HERO7 in a Black, Silver, and White feature version. The “Black” top model has improved IQ and new Hypersmooth image stabilization. It can shoot at 4k 60fps, has internal WiFi and GPS and some cool features like a TimeWarp that’s a great looking Hyperlapse mode. It should allow you to get great video results even if you don’t have an expensive gimbal to smooth out movement.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FpiGHz

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zUPvWJ

 

The popular, pretty compact and foldable Mavic drone from DJI has just received an upgrade - well actually two upgrades. Now there is a Mavic 2 Pro and a Mavic 2 Zoom. The pro version features a small Hasselblad camera with a 1” sensor and the Zoom has a 2x optical zoom lens plus a 4x digital zoom. Except for the cameras, the two drones are identical with added sensors for all directions collision avoidance and a 3-axis gimbal. The Mavic 2 Zoom offers new features like a dolly zoom and super-resolution mode that expand the possibilities of capturing amazing images with that drone.

DJI Mavic Zoom

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FybyJ4

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2QLbvdM

 

DJI Mavic 2 Pro

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FBc1dx

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zbX63x  



Sigma is shipping 3 new Global Vision Lenses for Sony E-mount. The Sigma 40mm f1.4 DG HSM Art, the Sigma 56mm f1.4 DC DN Contemporary, and the Sigma 105 f1.4 DG HSM Art (a.k.a. the bokeh monster).

Sigma 40mm f1.4 DG E-Mount - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FnXTnv

Sigma 56mm f1.4 DC E-Mount - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FmFA2f

Sigma 105 f1.4 DG E-Mount - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FnY6qN

 

Samyang is shipping a manual focus 85mm f1.8 lens for APS-C mirrorless cameras. It will also be offered under the Rokinon brand name and it’s available for Sony E-, Fuji-X, Canon M-, and m4/3 mounts. It has a 9 blade aperture and Ultra Multi Coating to reduce ghosting and chromatic aberrations.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Fm3dbb

 



Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi Marco, I have been using the Fuji X-T2 for two years now and I am thinking about upgrading to the X-T3 now that it is shipping. I’m mainly a landscape, portrait, and travel photographer and have the XF 14mm, XF 16-55mm, XF 56mm, and XF 55-200mm lenses. Do you think it makes sense for me to upgrade?

Question by: Guenther, Stuttgart, Germany

 

Fuji X-T3:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pmdfOP   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Jim Sollows - Title: Cranberry Harvest Time (click here).



Links to Mathieu Gasquet (Mat):

Web: mirrorlessons.com

Web: mirrorlesscomparison.com

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mirrorlessons/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/mirrorlessons

Twitter: https://twitter.com/MirrorLessons

 

Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg




Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Q&A #18 | PPN | How many megapixels are enough, why not rely on the histogram, and what online print service to use?

Nov 9, 2018 34:51

Description:

Q&A about how many megapixels are enough for printing, why not rely on the histogram, and what online print service to use?


Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html



This episode is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, I would like to know, if everything else is equal, how many megapixels would an image file need to have to be able to render a good print (300 dpi) at various sizes, i.e. 5 x7, 8 x 10, 11 x 14, etc.? Thank you for your great podcast! Regards, Jeff.

Question from: Jeff, Phoenix, Arizona, USA




Hello, I love the podcasts. I was listening to an episode of “we shoot mirrorless” and had a question. I'm a Nikon shooter who recently purchased a Panasonic G7 M4/3 camera. Scott was giving some tips on how to get the most out of these small sensors and mentioned that you should always expose to the right. It makes sense to me. However, you guys mentioned that while using this technique you should never trust your histogram. First, why is this the case, and second if you're not using your histogram, how can you tell if you're not blowing out your highlights?

Question by: John, Washington D.C., USA




Thank you for the recent show about printing. I am not in the position at the moment to buy a printer & might not be able to for about 12 months. Can you recommend an online printing store, or alternatively suggest ways to work out which online store to use? I live in Australia however, I am happy to use an online store that is based elsewhere in the world. I'd like to print photos to hang on my walls so I think a minimum of 8x10" would be a good size to start with. I live in a small regional town & I do not have a local brick & mortar camera store to use. Thanks for all the amazing podcasts you do, I love listening to them all.

Question by:  Kim, Australia



Reference to previous PPN episodes that cover the printing process mentioned in this answer:

 

Camera and Inspiration #2

How to have your images printed by a professional online photo lab: https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-2-ppn-may-30th-2017

 

More Gear Show #16

How to print better photos with a good photo paper workflow:

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/more-gear-show-16-ppn-how-to-print-better-photos-with-travis-mc-connaghy-from-hahnemuehle

 

Q&A #16

How to soft proof your photos before printing (Question #4 / Minute: 31:47-35:45)

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/qa-16-ppn-fast-workflow-is-one-card-slot-enough-charging-for-photos-and-how-to-soft-proof



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.



And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

Camera and Inspiration #19 | PPN | How incidents in your life can turn into a creative photography project with Pia Parolin

Nov 1, 2018 51:09

Description:

How incidents in your life can turn into a creative photography project with Pia Parolin.

 


This episode is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Dr. Pia Parolin has a Ph.D. in biology but her passion for photography has started at the age of 9. After moving to Southern France in 2005 and going through difficult times, she became more serious about creative photography as her therapy. The terrorist attack in Nice in July 2016 lead to her photo project “Promenade Moments” that helped her and some of the traumatized victims to regain a positive look at the beautiful scenery of the promenade that seemed to have lost its untroubled beauty after the horrible attack. The creative photo project “Promenade Moments” has won Pia many awards, was published in magazines, and shown in exhibitions.

 

Pia picked Croatian photographer Olga Karlovac as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Olga is an emerging photographer from Zagreb and her work has been displayed in many galleries all over Europe. Pia picked Olga because of her most recent photo book project called “Before Winter” - a series of blurry and grainy B&W images that perfectly transport the “before Winter” mood that many of us experience in the Northern Hemisphere right now. You can check out Olga’s work here: https://www.olga-karlovac-photography.com/site/

 

In the main part of the show, Pia and Marco discuss how How incidents in your life can turn into a creative photography project. Many photographers struggle to come up with ideas for a photo project. Often they seem to be under the impression that it has to be something stunning and that you have to travel halfway around the world for it. But sometimes the great projects are very accessible and right in front of your door. Your photo project “Promenade Moments” is a great example of that. And Pia shares how the project ended up to be displayed in exhibitions, magazines, and in a book.



Here are the links to Pia’s work and social media accounts:

Web: https://www.piaparolin.com

Promenade Moments: https://www.piaparolin.com/PortfolioFolder/Promenade-Moments/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/piaparolinphoto/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/promenademoments/




Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

 

“Promenade(s)” or “Promenade Moments”

 

Publisher shop: http://www.baiedesanges-editions.com/catalogue/promenades-rencontres-ephemerides-de-passants-pia-parolin/

Quote from Pia’s website: “PROMENADE MOMENTS” are ephemerid encounters of people passing by, instants of joy and relax for family and friends. Tourists enjoy the spectacular colours that even the rain cannot delete. Soldiers have become part of the prom’ where children play happily. People stop to look into the infinity of the blue sea. Moments and movements surround us in a place where the evil tried to take grip, but the freedom of everyday life full of ease and light prevail.”



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #19 | PPN | Which camera filters do you need for your photography?

Oct 24, 2018 35:00

Description:

Which camera filters do you need and how should you use them to get the best effects?

 

This episode is sponsored by:

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

Fall and spring are great seasons for landscape photography. And we have received many questions regarding camera filters for our More Gear Show. Which filter systems are good for what purpose, what kind of filters are useful to reach good landscape results, how many filters do you really need, and which brand should you buy?

 

In this More Gear Show #19, Marco shares his thoughts and experiences on these topics with you:

 

What about UV-, Skylight-, or De-Haze-Filters?

 

Is there still a use for color filters in digital photography?

 

Do you need a polarizing filter in your bag?

 

How can you use ND and ND-Grad filters to create creative images or make people disappear? And why a 10-stop ND filter may be a lot less than you need.

 

Why should anyone own an IR filter as a creative tool?

 

When you should buy round filters that attach directly to your lens and how you can save money by buying the biggest filter.

 

What is the purpose of a filter holder system for square filters and how can they benefit your creative options?

 

How to work with different filters in a filter holder system and square filters? And why you should not mix filters from different manufacturers.

 

Which brand filters should you buy? B+W, Haida, Tiffen, Lee, Formatt Hitech, or Hoya? Should you buy glass or plastic filters and what filter size do you need for your sensor size?



Haida Filter Systems:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2EDEC1b  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OHyYjl

 

Formatt Hitech Filter System:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2PmmXPy

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2CD6gZJ

 

Tiffen Filters:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2EHem69

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2D16tqo

 

Lee Filter System:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2PeeHRT

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JcHhNS

 

Step-Down Ring Set:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2QvQQtE

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2E2VfTE



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

 


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #19 | PPN | Photokina 2018 - Big camera news roundup - Panasonic S1, L-mount alliance, Fuji GFX 50R, Sigma, Ricoh GR III, Zenith M, Zeiss ZX1, and more.

Oct 15, 2018 01:03:45

Description:

Photokina 2018 - Big camera news roundup - Panasonic S1, L-mount alliance, Fuji GFX 50R, Sigma, Ricoh GR III, Zenith M, Zeiss ZX1, are some of the topics that Marco and Angela discuss on episode #19 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for October 2018.


This show is sponsored by:

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.

https://bit.ly/2OEy6aS

 

COSYSPEED PHONESLINGER Indiegogo link: https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/phoneslinger-smartphone-photography-bags/reft/6851596/012


Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Angela Nicholson co-founder of CameraJabber.com to the show to talk about many interesting news that they saw at Photokina 2018. They discuss some hands-on impressions of the recently released Canon EOS R, Nikon Z6 and Z7, and Fuji X-T3 cameras.

 

Canon EOS R

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2OCxHWv

 

Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NvFe97

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OgSxi6

 

Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2wnfIfQ

 

Fuji X-T3:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pmdfOP   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM


Mirrorless news of the month:

 

Panasonic enters the full frame camera market and announced the development of the S1 with 24MP and S1R 47MP cameras. Additionally, Panasonic, Leica, and Sigma announced the L-Mount alliance, which opens Leica’s SL camera mount to two new camera and lens manufacturers.

https://shop.panasonic.com/lumixs

 

Fuji announced the GFX 50R - that is a more compact and rangefinder-style medium format version of the GFX 50S. The 50R will be quite about $2000 cheaper than the 50S at launch and it should start shipping in November 2018. To support the GFX-System even further, Fuji has added three new lenses to the G-mount lens-roadmap. The GF 50mm f3.5 (WR), the GF 45-100mm f4 (OIS & WR), and the GF 100-200mm f5.6 (OIS & WR).

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2QRcnxi

 

Sigma has announced that they will make a full frame camera with a Foveon sensor that will use the new L-mount. Sigma will also start to produce native L-mount lenses in 2019.

https://www.sigmaphoto.com/article/l-mount-alliance-sigma-leica-panasonic

 

Ricoh announced the successor to the GR II. The new GR III will have a new 24MP sensor with phase detect AF pixel, an upgraded fixed 28mm EFV f2.8 lens, and a touchscreen. The camera is also even more compact than the previous model and should start to ship in spring 2019.

http://news.ricoh-imaging.co.jp/rim_info2/2018/20180925_026135.html

 

Russian camera manufacturer Zenith surprised many experts by announcing the Zenith M, a real rangefinder camera with a full frame sensor that is based on the Leica M240. It is said that Zenith is building the camera body while Leica is manufacturing the sensor and electronics for this camera. The camera will ship together with a Zenitar 35mm f1.0 lens and a production run of 500 copies is planned to ship in Russia and Europe in early 2019. The price for the set is expected to cost around €5000.

 

Zeiss also remembered their tradition of making cameras and announced the Zeiss ZX1 full frame compact camera. The camera will have a 37MP full frame sensor with a fixed 35mm f2 Distagon leaf shutter lens. Nex to an electronic viewfinder the camera will have a 4.3” touch-screen rear LCD with a 1280x720 pixel resolution. The camera will store the images on an internal 512GM memory and a version of Adobe LightRoom CC is also installed onto the camera.

B&H: https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1436638-REG/zeiss_zx1_digital_camera.html




Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi Marco, I have seen many announcements for full-frame and medium-format mirrorless cameras in recent weeks. Do you think that smaller sensor cameras will slowly fade out and that future full-frame cameras will come down in size in future development?

Question by: Ben, Chicago, Illinois, USA


We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Guy Vanhulle - Title: Two of a kind (click here).

 

Links to Angela Nicholson:

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

 

Links to Camera Jabber:

Web: CameraJabber.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber

Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/

 

Links to SheClicks:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Q&A #17 | PPN | How much should you charge for your images, how to use a polarizing filter, and which camera to give to your kid?

Oct 8, 2018 34:02

Description:

Q&A about how much you should charge for your photos or prints, how to use a polarizing filter, and which camera should you get for your kid to learn photography?


Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html



This episode is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Marco, I’ve just listened to you latest Camera and Inspiration episode #18 with Jeffrey Stoner, where you’ve talked about selling your images through galleries and online. One important question was not covered though: How much should I charge for my images? I now that there is not one definite answer to this, but I know that you always try to give us different approaches from your experience. And I would greatly appreciate hearing some suggestions from you. Thanks, Luke.

Question from: Luke, Washington D.C. USA

 

Things to put into consideration when calculating the cost of your images/prints:

Cost of paper (including test prints to reach your desired results) Cost of ink for that size print (including test prints and wasted “cleaning” ink to reach your desired results) Cost of the printer amortized over i.e. 3 years and divided by a realistic (conservative) amount of prints that you sell each year - then add that pro rata to each prints cost. Cost of your computer and software amortized over i.e. 3 years and divided by a realistic amount of prints that you sell each year - then add that pro rata to each prints cost. Cost of photo equipment (camera, lenses, tripods, bags, filters, strobes, etc.) that you buy each year. Allocate the amount of annual cost (or only half of that if your print business is only about 50% of your business as a photographer) and add that pro rata to each prints cost. Cost of your time. Many artists don’t put this factor into consideration, but time is valuable. The time you spent scouting locations, traveling, waiting for the right weather or moment, selecting images, post-processing, printing, and marketing yourself can make up a huge amount of your time that you can’t be making money at doing other things. Just add a $10 minimum wage to each hour that you invest in the photos that you want to sell as prints. Add those to get the number of hours per year and add that pro rata to each prints cost. Now you have value for the real cost of each image that you sell. But didn’t you want to earn money doing this, too? Your cost of living has not been covered yet. And rent, food, health insurance, education, transportation, clothes, entertainment, and taxes have not been covered at all by this. So based on the realistic (conservative) amount of prints that you want to sell each year, you need to add a profit into the calculation, too. If you sell about 30 prints per year, a 200% markup may result in a decent profit to sustain your print business. If you sell higher volumes, a lower markup can be feasible, but if you sell through galleries, remember that you may have to subtract an extra 40%-60% commision of the sales price for the gallery.

This is just to give you a basic idea of how to calculate your real cost of each image and how to price it to make a profit. Your results may vary, but be honest with yourself in the process.



Would you please give an example of when and how to use a polarizing filter. How do you know when you have the correct setting for maximizing your image? Thanks!

Question by: Bill, Missouri, USA

 

Products discussed in the answer:

 

Examples of high quality circular polarizing filters with 77mm diameter:

 

Haida 77mm NanoPro MC Circular Polarizer Filter:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2zTiP18  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Ozsi5V

 

Formatt Hitech 77mm Firecrest SuperSlim Circular Polarizer Filter:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2QtvwFl

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2yivqJf

 

B+W 77mm Circular Polarizer MRC Filter:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2zU5dm1

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2IJrgis

 

Step-Down Ring Set:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2QvQQtE

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2E2VfTE




Hello Marco, first of all, a big thank you for producing the PPN shows so regularly and with so much detailed information from your experience, instead of just scratching the surface. This has been really helpful for me. Today, I have a question regarding sharing the love of photography with my daughter. She is 6 years old (she turns 7 in December), and I want to give her a camera to start photographing with. Can you give me some ideas what to get her that is adequate for her to start with? Regards, Guiseppa.

Question by:  Guiseppa, Milano, Italy



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.



And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

Camera and Inspiration #18 | PPN | Selling your images in galleries and online with Jeffrey Stoner

Oct 1, 2018 58:15

Description:

How to get your images featured and sold in galleries and online - with Jeffrey Stoner.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Jeffrey is a pro photographer known for making photographs that capture the essence of place. His passion is to capture images of beauty and wonder that surrounds us. His landscape and wildlife images have been featured in many publications. And he is represented by several galleries in the south-east of the USA.

 

Jeffrey shares how he was approached by a gallery and how this event changed the course of his future life - leaving a good job to become a photographer selling his art mainly through galleries.

 

Jeffrey the American photographer O. Winston Link (1914 - 2001) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. o. Winston is probably best known for his artistic documentation of the last active American steam trains in the 1950’s. His contrasty B&W images were often shot at night and he created a unique atmosphere by installing many flashes in surrounding houses to create a special look to his images. Check out some of his images at Artsy.net: https://www.artsy.net/artist/o-winston-link

 

In the main part of the show, Jeffrey and Marco discuss how to select and approach galleries that you want to be represented by to sell your pictures. How should you prepare before you introduce yourself to a gallery? How to get to know galleries in your region? What kind of galleries are out there and what are the general terms that you have to accept? And what you can do to become one of the favorite artists for a gallery.



Here are the links to Jeffrey’s work and social media accounts:

Web: http://www.jeffreystonerphotography.com

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jeffreystonerphotography/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/JeffreyWStoner

Twitter: https://twitter.com/JeffreyStoner




Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

“Selling Art Online - The creative guide to turning your artistic work into cash - by Dave Conrey.”

 

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2NnUx7K  

Amazon US: http://a.co/d/hfamypT

 

The title of the book says it all. If you want to sell your art online, this book is a good reference for how to approach this project. It tells you how you should prepare your work, what outlets there are, and how to market yourself to be more successful.

The book has about 80 pages and Marco suggests to get the ebook for less than $5 (click the links to Amazon above).

 


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

 


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

We Shoot Mirrorless #18 | PPN | Fuji X-T3, Canon EOS R, Panasonic LX100 II, Leica, Apple, COSYSPEED, and more

Sep 21, 2018 01:10:16

Description:

The new Fuji X-T3, Canon EOS R, Panasonic LX100 II, Leica M10-P, Apple iPhones, and COSYSPEED PHONESLINGER are some of the topics that Marco and Angela discuss on episode #18 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for September 2018.


This show is sponsored by:

COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.

https://bit.ly/2OEy6aS

and

 

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 


Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Angela Nicholson co-founder of CameraJabber.com to the show.



Mirrorless news of the month:

 

The Fuji X-T3 is the latest upgrade to the popular X-T line. While the outer appearance of the camera is very similar to that of the previous version X-T2, under the hood there are a lot of speed and usability improvements that could make this 26MP APS-C camera even more popular than the previous version.

Fuji X-T3:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pmdfOP   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM   

 

 

Fujifilm also announced firmware updates to the X-T100 and X-A5 cameras that can be downloaded on the Fujifilm Website here: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html



Canon announced their first full frame mirrorless camera, the Canon EOS R. Just two weeks after the announcement of the Nikon Z cameras, Canon followed with their mirrorless flagship camera that and the new RF mount. The camera has a 30.3 CMOS sensor with Digic 8 processor and dual pixel AF with 5.655 selectable AF points and a very good low light AF performance. Our friends at Camera Jabber wrote their first hands-on review and were impressed with the AF performance: https://camerajabber.com/canon-eos-r-review/

Canon EOS R

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2OCxHWv

 

Canon has also announced 4 new lenses for the RF mount as well as three different EF-RF lens adapters:

 

RF 28-70mm F2L USM Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pmf7XR

 

RF 50mm F1.2L USM Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2OC6kMp

 

RF 24-105mm F4L IS USM Lens:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pmfh1p

 

RF 35mm F1.8 Macro IS STM Lens:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2OE2rXa

 

Canon EF-EOS R adapters:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pkzkNB

 

Panasonic has updated their popular fixed zoom LX100 camera with the new LX100 II. The unique multi aspect ratio 4/3 sensor together with the excellent Leica Vario-Summilux lens (with an EFV of 24-75mm at f1.8-2.8) and leaf shutter make this a silent compact camera that is ideal for travel and street photography. The external control dials for aperture, shutter speed, and exposure compensation add to the usability concept of this camera. The only thing that we would have liked to see is a tilt LCD to complete this concept.

Panasonic LX-100 II

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2OCGM1D

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2NX8J6Y

 

Leica has added the M10-P to their M10 lineup. The new camera has a touch LCD, the quietest shutter of all M cameras and a few optical changes like the missing red dot.

Leica M10-P

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2pszu5L



Apple has released 3 new iPhone models with faster processors and a lot of computational photography magic under the hood. You will be able to change the DOF aperture appearance from f1.4 - f16 in post processing and Marco will soon put this to the test. https://www.apple.com/iphone/

 

With the increasing popularity, our sponsor COSYSPEED has started the PHONESLINGER mobile phone bag Indigogo campaign. The new PHONESLINGER bag series offers different bags for different purposes. The PHONESLINGER Power, for example, has an integrated Qi-Wireless charger to recharge your phone wirelessly when it’s in the bag. And the PHONESLINGER Prime holds your Smartphone and up to 4 smartphone lenses. There is also a PHONESLINGER Outdoor that is a rugged safe place for your phone when you’re out in nature. https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/phoneslinger-smartphone-photography-bags/reft/6851596/012

 

COSYSPEED Indigogo link: https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/phoneslinger-smartphone-photography-bags/reft/6851596/012



Mirrorless question of the month:

With the increasing popularity of Mirrorless, and the expanding availability of native glass for them, do you think DSLRs (as they are today) will be obsoleted in the next year or two? Or do you think they will stick around for longer?

Question by: Jason from California, USA



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Jackson Thomas - Title: Connected (click here).



Links to Angela Nicholson:

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson

 

Links to Camera Jabber:

Web: CameraJabber.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber

Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/

 

Links to SheClicks:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

More Gear Show #18 | PPN | How to create a great looking photographer website with Gustav Degerman

Sep 14, 2018 48:32

Description:

How to create a great looking photographer website with Gustav Degerman.

We have received several listener questions regarding what it takes to create a professional looking portfolio website for your images and/or photography business?

In order to discuss the different aspects of this topic, Marco invited Gustav Degermann who built a business offering an online portfolio website builder for creatives. Gustav is the CEO of Portfoliobox.net, who is also one of the sponsors of PPN.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



These are some of the topics that Marco and Gustav discuss on this episode:

 

Why should photographers and other creatives have a designated portfolio website with their own domain URL? Why isn’t it enough to be on Instagram or Facebook?

 

How should one structure a photography website and what necessary information should be included?

 

How many images are a good average for a well-balanced website?

 

How should you integrate social media into your website?

 

Gustav mentioned this photography print shop from Martin Stranka: http://www.martinstranka.com/prints

 

How does a good integration of an e-commerce section work?

 

How should you approach SEO for your photography website?

 

What are other marketing tools effective to market your products and services?




Links to Portfoliobox.net:

Web: Portfoliobox.net

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/portfoliobox/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/portfoliobox

Twitter: https://twitter.com/portfoliobox  

 

Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

Q&A #16 | PPN | Fast workflow, is one card slot enough, charging for photos, and how to soft proof

Sep 7, 2018 36:55

Description:

Q&A about fast image workflow suggestions, is one card slot safe enough for photographers, how to start charging for photos, and how and why to soft proof?

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 


This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

Hahnemuehle was kind enough to supply us with a few free day passes for Photokina 2018. If you would like to get one of these free Photokina tickets, just write us an email through our contact form: https://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, I have started to cover live events like sports, concerts, and festivals in my area. I really enjoy doing this kind of photography and want to grow this into a part-time business. But with the fast-paced news cycle, I have realized that you need to be the first one sending the photos out in order to be picked up by relevant media outlets. But shooting and at the same time importing, sorting, and post-processing the images with my MacBook Pro is currently way too slow. How do you do it and what are your suggestions for a speedy workflow on the go?

Question from: Victor, Dayton, Ohio

 

Products discussed in the answer:

Lexar 1000x Pro SD UHS-II card

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NPSUvF  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2wRTr9W

 

Lexar 2000x Pro SD UHS-II card with USB3 UHS-II card reader

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NTycex

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2wNq9IK

 

Photo Mechanic Software: http://www.camerabits.com/tour-v5/

 

 

I am currently transitioning from being a hobby photographer to a part-time pro photographer and want to eventually switch to be a full-time photographer. As a hobby photographer, my friends and relatives always asked me to bring my camera and take portraits or document a wedding for free. But as they are my starting customer base in this transition, how can I manage to now charge them for the photos that they are used to get for free? Thanks for the wonderfully diverse photo podcasts that you produce each month!

Question from: Camilla, Göteborg, Sweden



I’m a wedding photographer and currently use a Nikon D500 (APS-C) with two memory card slots (SD+XQD). I have been waiting for the release of the new Nikon mirrorless camera and want to add it as a FF body for it’s quieter operation without mirror noise and better ISO, DOF and live view AF performance. But as many reviewers have already noted, the Z6 only has one XQD memory card slot. As a wedding photographer who can not repeat to shoot a wedding day, I am very afraid of losing images when I only have one card slot in the camera. Is this a valid fear or is this just gear hysteria?

Question by: Adrian, Manchester, England

 

Products discussed in the answer:

 Nikon Z6

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2oKBA0n  

 

XQD Memory Cards

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2oKLQFH

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Q826x3

 

Lexar Image Rescue 5 for Mac and PC:

http://www.lexar.com/support/downloads/




Would you please explain what soft proofing in LR is for. When and how to use? Thanks!

Question from: Bill, Missouri, USA

 

Products discussed in the answer:

Datacolor Spyder 5 Express Display Calibration System

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LrGRTE   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Q8PUw7  

 

X-Rite ColorMunki Display

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2oKEKkE  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Q8Ru11  


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

 

If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.


Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

More Gear Show #17 | PPN | New Nikon Z6 and Z7 mirrorless cameras - our thoughts - with Mathieu Gasquet

Aug 30, 2018 58:57

Description:

Nikon has finally entered the serious mirrorless camera market with two new full frame cameras - the Nikon Z6 and Z7.

This is actually pretty exciting news for the world of mirrorless photography and Sony now has a serious competitor in this segment. But will the new Nikon cameras stop current FF DSLR shooters from flocking over into the Sony a7 and a9 camp?

For an in-depth discussion about the new Nikon Z6 and Z7 and their advantages and disadvantages in comparison to the respective Sony cameras, Marco has invited back mirrorless camera expert Mathieu Gasquet (Mat) co-founder of Mirrorlessons.com. Mat was at the Nikon Z press event in London and shares his hands-on experience with the new cameras.

 

Marco announced that the collaborative street photography book: “Streetfotografie made in Germany” is now shipping. Marco is one of the authors and has written the introduction to this book. The book is currently available only in German and can be ordered at

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2om4CTP



This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Cameras discussed in this episode

Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NvFe97

 

Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2wnfIfQ

 

Sony a7III

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NsWjk4

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PLKZkm

 

Sony a7RIII

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NwjM3C

 

Sony a9

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2wqnMfL

 

New Nikon Z Lenses discussed in this episode:

Nikon Nikkor Z 35mm f1.8 S Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NsWGes

 

Nikon Nikkor Z 50mm f1.8 S Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NvG6KV

 

Nikon Nikkor Z 24-70mm f4 S Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2NvjkTq



Links to the Nikon Z vs. Sony a7III at Mirrorless Comparisons:

Nikon Z6 vs Sony A7 III: https://mirrorlesscomparison.com/preview/nikon-z6-vs-sony-a7iii/

 

Nikon Z7 vs Sony A7R III: https://mirrorlesscomparison.com/preview/nikon-z7-vs-sony-a7riii/

 

Nikon Z6 vs Sony A9: https://mirrorlesscomparison.com/preview/nikon-z6-vs-sony-a9/




Links to Mathieu Gasquet (Mat):

Web: mirrorlessons.com

Web: mirrorlesscomparison.com

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mirrorlessons/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/mirrorlessons

Twitter: https://twitter.com/MirrorLessons

 

Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

Camera and Inspiration #17 | PPN | Stunning landscape photography with Nick Page

Aug 23, 2018 01:06:39

Description:

Landscape photography - how to capture amazing images of nature that captivate the viewer - with Nick Page.

 

This is episode #17 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for August 2018.



This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Nick is a pro photographer for sports & concerts and an amazing landscape photographer from Washington State. He also travels the world talking and teaching photography on his workshops. Some of our listeners may already know his online tutorials about landscape photography. And last but not least he is also a fellow podcast host and can be heard on “The Landscape Photography Podcast.”

 

Nick shares his interesting and surprisingly recent career start as a pro photographer and gives great advice on how you can excel at what you do if you spend your time wisely on learning a craft or skill.

 

Chris picked Michael Shainblum as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Michael is a truly amazing landscape, timelapse and aerial photographer based in San Francisco. He is an artist and a successful commercial photographer and has worked for clients including Nike, Apple, Google, and Samsung. Check out his stunning timelapse videos and landscape photos on his website:

http://www.shainblumphoto.com

 

In the main part of the show, Nick and Marco discuss how to capture amazing landscape images that captivate the viewer and Nick shares great tips on how to: prepare for a shoot, select a location, chase the weather, frame interesting shots, which focal length to use, and much more.



Here are the links to Nick’s work and social media accounts:

Web: www.nickpagephotography.com

Workshops: http://www.nickpagephotography.com/workshops-tours

YouTube: www.youtube.com/nickpagephotography

Podcast: www.landscapephotographypodcast.com

Instagram: www.instagram.com/nickpagephotography




Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:

 

“Ansel Adams: 400 Photographs”

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2w4Vc3j  

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2BK09nA

 

Marco thinks that this is a book that belongs in a photo book collection because Ansel Adams was one of the greatest photographers of all times. But also because it chronologically shows his development as an artist. You can see how over time he looked into photographing different subjects like people, architecture, and plants but he never lost the passion for his nature landscape photos in B&W. And it shows i.e. different interpretations of Half Dome photos over the decades.

The book has  440 pages and weighs 4.4 pounds or about 2kg.



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

We Shoot Mirrorless #17 | PPN | XF10, Nikon FF camera, Wide and Tele lenses, Sony, Olympus, Panasonic, and more

Aug 16, 2018 01:11:00

Description:

Fuji XF10, Nikon FF camera, Wide and Tele lenses, Sony, Olympus, Panasonic are some of the topics that Marco and Mat discuss on episode #17 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for August 2018.

 

This show is sponsored by:

 

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

https://bit.ly/2ugBHmu

 

Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Mathieu Gasquet (Mat) co-founder of Mirrorlessons.com

 

After testing many mirrorless cameras from different manufacturers, Mat gives his thoughts on the unique qualities and some of the shortcomings of Olympus, Sony, Fuji, and Panasonic cameras.

 

Mirrorless news of the month:

 

The Fuji XF10 is the newest compact camera from Fuji that seems to replace the now discontinued but highly praised by Marco X70 compact camera from Fuji. But is it a real update from the X70 or did Fuji make two steps back here?

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ms0FKJ   

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OBHV9a   

 

Fujifilm also officially announced the new Fujinon XF 8-16mm f2.8 R LM WR Lens and the XF 200mm f2 R LM OIS WR Telephoto lens. Both lenses, the XF 8-16mm on the wide and the XF 200mm on the tele side can be game changers for professional photographers using the Fuji system.

 

Fujinon XF 8-16mm f2.8 R LM WR Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2BfYEwU

 

Fujinon XF 200mm f2 R LM OIS WR Telephoto Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MnZaNV

 

Fuji added 3 new lenses to their roadmap. The XF16mm f2.8 (expected in 2019), XF 33mm f1.0 (expected in 2020), and XF 16-80mm f4 (expected in 2019).

 

Nikon is teasing the announcement of their full-frame mirrorless camera on August 23rd, 2018. The internet seems to be going crazy in expectation of this camera but is this hype justified or is Nikon late to the game?


Mirrorless question of the month:

 

Hi Marco, love the shows. I have a question that you might want to use on the show. I have a Fuji X-T1 and 18mm lens for my cityscape photography as a lightweight kit to take on work trips. However, I’ve always wanted an X100 and now the original ones are getting close to £300 - I’m tempted. So my question is, does the original X100 still have a place in 2018 as a travel and street camera.

Further to this, I was going to use the X100 for my black & white work (which I hear people say the old sensor is better? Or gives a different look?). And I want to use it for my long exposure photos, so autofocus speed isn’t really an issue. Many thanks!

Question by: Ben from England

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: John Morrell - Title: A Leap In The Dark (click here).

 

 

Links to Mathieu Gasquet (Mat):

Web: mirrorlessons.com

Web: mirrorlesscomparison.com

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mirrorlessons/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/mirrorlessons

Twitter: https://twitter.com/MirrorLessons

 

Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software: Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

 

Q&A #15 | PPN | Wide angle for street, which safari camera and lens, macro, and photo backup

Aug 9, 2018 37:37

Description:

Wide angle lens for street photography, which safari camera & lens, macro with extension tubes, and photo backup workflow.

 

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #15 for August 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html



This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

Marco draws the winner(s) from the submitted questions in the past month. The winners get a free copy to Skylum Luminar 2018.

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, why do you shoot with wide angle lenses for street or documentary photography? It seems so much easier to work candidly with a longer lens since you don’t have to get so close to your subject. And the chances of “getting caught” seem to decrease the longer the focal length of the lens is. Thanks!

Question from: Mateo, Barcelona, Spain




Hi Marco, I’ll be going on a safari to Tanzania with my family in the fall and I would like to know which camera and lens I should bring. I own a Nikon D5300 body and lenses between 12 - 300mm as well as a Sony Alpha 99 II with a few lenses below 200mm. I need a longer zoom around 400mm. Which camera body should I get the tele zoom for and should I rent or buy a cheap one?

Question from: Oliver, Hamburg, Germany

 

Products discussed in the answer:

 

Tamron 100-400mm F/4.5-6.3 Di VC USD

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2AOw1Xs

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ASVM95




How do extension tubes, such as the Kenko brand, work? Also, do they affect the sharpness of the image?

Question from: Peter, Melbourne, Australia

 

Products discussed in the answer:

 

Kenko extension tubes

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2AU4hRk  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ASTneG

 

 

Hi Marco & Scott, My question is about backup. What backup system do you use and what do you suggest or recommend? Thank you and keep the podcast going, please!

Question from: Nadia, Belgium

 

Products discussed in the answer:

 

Honeywell Document Box

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2McSQIQ

 

Western Digital My Passport Wireless (Pro)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2APP7g4  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ATFcWF

 

GNARBOX Backup & Editing System

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2MdWkuL

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2AOyilz

 

Western Digital My Book HDD

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2M6lewr

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Mu3yI1

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.



Links to Marco Larousse:

Web: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

 

Links to PPN:

Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/

Camera and Inspiration #16 | PPN | Analog inspiration with Chris Marquardt

Jul 31, 2018 01:34:40

Description:

Analog inspiration and how shooting film can make you a better photographer - with Chris Marquardt.

This is episode #16 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for July 2018.



This episode is sponsored by:

 

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv



Chris is a well known photographer and educator from Germany. He is also an author and has published some very interesting and educational photography books. He teaches photo workshops in some pretty remote places in the world. And his “Tips from the Top Floor” podcast is the oldest and longest running photography podcast in the world.

 

Chris picked Henri Cartier-Bresson as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Henri was a French photographer and considered a master of candid photography. His book “The Decisive Moment” coined the term in photography where the right timing is essential in order to get a perfect photo. His work has influenced many photographers. He is also one of the founders of Magnum Photos. You can find out more about Henri Cartier-Bresson's work on his Magnum website: https://pro.magnumphotos.com/C.aspx?VP3=CMS3&VF=MAGO31_10_VForm&ERID=24KL53ZMYN

 

In the main part of the show, Chris and Marco discuss why they still shoot analog on the side of digital, what some of the unique features of shooting film vs. digital are, and what simple steps you can take in order to shoot a roll of film for yourself. And spoiler alert! They both come to the conclusion, that shooting film can make you a better and more creative photographer.



Here are the links to Chris work and social media accounts:

 

Web: https://chrismarquardt.com

Podcast: https://tipsfromthetopfloor.com

Twitter: @chrismarquardt  



“The Film Photography Handbook” Rediscovering Photography in 35mm, medium and large format - by Monika Andrae and Chris Marquardt.

English version: http://thefilmphotographyhandbook.com

German version at Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2uYMJOm (Absolut Analog)


The book is a go-to reference for analog photography for the beginners, advanced and returning film photographers. It takes analog photography into the 21st century and describes all of the fundamental technical details for analog photography and gives advice on buying a used film camera. The explanation of the physical differences between analog and digital photography help the reader to understand why film has to be shot differently and what film types are good for which look and purpose. How to self-develop and scan your film is also well explained with many useful hands-on photos. Pick up this useful reference guide on shooting analog photography.




Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)



And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.


For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

More Gear Show #16 | PPN | How to print better photos with Travis Mc Connaghy from Hahnemuehle

Jul 23, 2018 56:06

Description:

How to print better photos? Actually, it is quite simple if you follow some simple steps. Marco has invited Travis Mc Connaghy, he’s the Technical Marketing and Support Manager for Hahnemuehle in North America, to discuss the photo printing workflow. Hahnemuehle is one of the oldest paper manufacturers in the world and they are their fine art printing papers are used by some of the best photographers, galleries, and museums worldwide.


This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

Travis shares his background in printing and talks about the history and product portfolio that Hahnemuehle offers.

 

Next, Marco and Travis discuss the different ink and print technologies and go into the advantages and disadvantages of some of the most popular current photo printers from Canon and Epson:

 

Printers discussed in this episode

Canon PIXMA PRO-100 13” (8 dye-based inks - 3 mono & 5 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LpPAWt

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sQ5NwK

 

Canon PIXMA PRO-10 13” (10 pigment-based inks - 3 mono & 7 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LoofEe

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HrZ1SN

 

Canon PIXMA PRO-1000 17” (12 pigment-based inks - 4 mono & 7 color inks + chroma optimizer)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ln5xNd

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JcCeAe

 

Epson SureColor P400 13” (8 pigment-based inks - 2 mono & 5 color + chroma optimizer.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JwLvmg

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kSfG9j

 

Epson SureColor P600 13” (9 pigment-based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LsUB0x

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kU7QvU

 

Epson SureColor P800 17” ( 9 pigment-based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jd8Ppz

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Jgwzta


Next, they look at different printing paper properties: Matt or glossy - thick or thin, cellulose or cotton based and how does it affect the outcome of your print?


You can find a selection of Hahnemuehle Fine Art photo printing papers here:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LoZtnp

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JhzNMK


Before you edit your photos that you want to print, you should definitely calibrate your monitor! Without calibration, your printing results will most likely be a hit and miss game.

 

Datacolor Spyder5EXPRESS for display calibration:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LrGRTE

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hrrbxs

 

The final part is the actual print workflow by setting your printer up and loading the correct ICC profile into your printing program. One of the huge advantages of using high-grade paper from Hahnemuehle is, that they supply you with the correct ICC profiles and a PDF with paper handling and printer setting suggestions. You can download all this on their website. And this is the key to getting a very high grade of consistency in your printing workflow.

 

Hahnemuehle online:

Web: https://www.hahnemuehle.com/en/hahnemuehle.html

Twitter (USA): https://twitter.com/Hahnemuehle_USA

Twitter (GER): http://twitter.com/Hahnemuehle_DE

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/hahnemuehle

YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/user/Hahnemuehle


For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:

Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/


Follow PPN here:

Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #16 | PPN | X-T100, Luminar DAM, Panasonic, Olympus, Nikon, Sony, and more

Jul 16, 2018 52:38

Description:

X-100T, Panasonic test, Luminar DAM, Olympus, Nikon, and Sony are some of the topics that Marco and Scott discuss on episode #16 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for July 2018.


This show is sponsored by:

 

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

https://bit.ly/2ugBHmu

 

PPN has a new YouTube channel: Check it out and subscribe here: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg

 

Scott talks about why he thinks that Olympus will not have a huge booth at Photokina 2018

 

Marco shares his initial thoughts about Panasonic m4/3 cameras and lenses that he is currently reviewing:

Lumix DC-G9

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jy9B0u

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2t1VeXu

 

Lumix DC-GX9

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jy9Rwu

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sRNEiN

 

Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 50-200mm f2.8-4 ASPH. Power O.I.S. Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JEkV7s

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LHIFrS

 

Scott gives an interesting insight on the developments of Luminar 2018 and the Digital Asset Manager.

Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)

 

Mirrorless news for the month:

 

Fuji X-T100 is the newest entry-level camera from Fuji that offers many features of the 50% more expensive X-T20 and also has some unique features like a fully articulating LCD and a 24MP sensor with standard bayer pattern layout - and that may actually be a good thing.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2m32O0G  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2u4CF61  

 

Fuji messed up the first FW upgrade 4.0 for the X-T2, but they have fixed it and now offer FW 4.1 here: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/firmware/x/xt2/index.html

 

Leica Launches the C-Lux compact superzoom camera which is basically a rebranded Panasonic Lumix DC-ZS200 with a red dot that is about $250 more than the Panasonic version.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2m0BsIz  

 

Sony launched the compact RX100 VI. Sony has added a longer zoom lens to the latest version of this camera and the equivalent field of view is 24-200mm with a claimed 4-stop image stabilization. The extended zoom range made the lens quite a bit slower at f2.8-4.5 whereas the predecessor had an EVF 24-70mm lens at a much faster f1.8-2.8 aperture lens. The image processor was also upgraded and AF plus eye tracking should be faster than in the previous model. And they have finally added a touch-sensitive LCD.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2m6VmSx  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KYfpNz  

 

Nikon confirms a launch date for their FF mirrorless camera. According to an interview with a Nikon manager, the camera should be out in spring 2019 and will have a new “Z” lens-mount.

 

Panasonic released FW updates for these three cameras: GH5: FW 2.3 / GH5S: FW1.1 / G9: FW 1.1. You can download the FW on Panasonic’s website: http://av.jpn.support.panasonic.com/support/global/cs/dsc/download/index.html

 

Leica released FW updates for these 5 of their digital cameras: Leica M10, Leica Q, Leica CL, Leica TL2, Leica T/TL. You can download the FW on Leica’s website: https://en.leica-camera.com/Corposite/Service-Support/Support/Downloads?category=&subcategory=&type=108942&language=93871

 

Sony FE 400mm f2.8 GM OSS Lens can be pre-ordered now.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2J6eSY7

 

Sigma has started shipping these five of their announces Art series prime lenses for Sony E-mount: Sigma 20mm f1.4, 24mm f1.4, 35mm f1.4, 50mm f1.4, 85mm f1.4.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2KIdT6f

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2u3CMis

 

Leica discontinues their M7 film camera.




Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi, first of all, a big thank you for the great photography podcasts that you release each month. You guys have become one of my favorite photography outlets :)

I’m actually a better painter than a photographer but my question involves both art forms. I paint on large canvas and would like to create high-resolution files of my paintings for archiving and digital post-processing. The paintings are much too large to scan. I own an old Nikon D7000 with 16MP and have been wanting to upgrade to a recent mirrorless camera. I’m looking at Panasonic and Olympus cameras as the 4:3 aspect ratio fits that of my paintings and both cameras have a high-resolution mode that can produce 80MP images from the 20MP sensor. Do you think that the high-resolution mode will enable me to get good quality large files of my paintings or is this just a marketing gimmick? And which lens would you recommend me to get?

 

Question by: Nora from Birmingham, England

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Timothy Linn - Title: The Rug Shearer (click here).


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Q&A #14 | PPN | Exposure triangle base, tripod stability, filter vs. LightRoom, and sensor dust

Jul 9, 2018 39:53

Description:

Q&A about which should be the got to exposure triangle base, improve tripod stability, filter vs. LightRoom, and how to get rid of sensor dust?

 

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #14 for July 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

Every question entrant before August 5th will be in the drawing to win a Skylum Luminar 18 software. The winner will be drawn in the next Q&A episode in August 2018.

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018.

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.


This episode is sponsored by:

Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.

https://bit.ly/2uejoyx

 

and

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv


Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

I have been photographing for a few years now, but I’m still uncertain which camera setting should be my go-to base in the exposure triangle? ISO, aperture, or shutter speed?

Question from Bjoern, Hamburg, Germany

 

Marco, I shoot a lot of landscape and long exposure photography with my Fuji X-T2. The camera is fairly light but I still need to bring along a heavy metal tripod because I often shoot in windy conditions and some long exposures are unsharp due to wind shake. I don’t want to bring an even heavier tripod along. Is there a way that I can get more stable shots and can reduce some weight by switching to a carbon tripod, or is weight the only thing that can counter the wind and shake?

Question from Roberto in Napoli, Italy

 

Inspired by your latest More Gear Show I want to bring as little photo gear as possible on my vacation this year. I usually take an ND grad and a polarizing filter with me, but was wondering if I can leave them at home and achieve the same results in LightRoom?

Question from Benjamin, Vienna, Austria.

 

Hi Marco, I want to thank you for all of the interesting and inspiring shows that you produce at PPN. I have learned a lot so far. Today, I have my first question for you. I’m battling with sensor dust. The sensor cleaning inside the camera does not seem to get rid of all the dust. What’s the best way to clean my sensor? I’m afraid of damaging it.

Question from Laura, Salt Lake City, Utah, USA

 

Products discussed in the answer:

 

Rocket Blaster Air Blower

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2KADbTH

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KT7og5

 

Sensor Swabs:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2KzcMFX

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KSflC7


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.

Camera and Inspiration #15 | PPN | Rocking photography with concert photographer Steve Brazill

Jun 29, 2018 01:03:15

Description:

Rocking photography with live concert photographer Steve Brazill - an inspiring conversation about this unique genre of photography.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.



Steve Brazill is a live music and sports photographer from Southern California. He has been around the entertainment industry for many years and his images have been published in newsprints and magazines. He is also a radio personality and has been active at KCAL FM for more than 30 years. Naturally, with a radio voice he is also a voice actor and the host and owner of the “Behind the Shot” Podcast - he is also known on-air as Razz.

 

Steve picked Christie Goodwin as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Christie is a British photographer and has worked hard to become the house photographer of the Royal Albert Hall. She has also been a tour photographer for famous musicians such as Katy Perry, Ed Sheeran, Taylor Swift, Paul McCartney, Joe Bonamassa, and One Direction. Her images don’t only appear on magazines, CDs, and tour merchandise. She also shoots covers for best selling crime novels. You can find out more about Christie Goodwin on her website: https://www.christiegoodwin.com

 

In the main part of the show, Steve and Marco discuss the unique rules and approaches to music and concert photography. Some of the points that they cover are: How do you prepare for a concert? How do you get access? Who hires and buys the images? And what makes a good concert photo?

 

Here are the links to Steve’s work and social media accounts:

 

Web: stevebrazill.com

Podcast: behindtheshot.tv

Twitter: https://twitter.com/stevebrazill   

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stevebrazill/   

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SteveBrazillPhotography/   


Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “One Night in Rio” - by Paul Ripke.

 

Link to book at Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tEc7Yg

Published by Edel Books Germany  (408 pages)

 

The book “One night in Rio” is a photo documentary of the German National Soccer Team at the World Cup 2014 in Brazil. The book mainly consists of photographs with only very few headlines or explanations in German. But this is a book that tells the story even without words. The first part of the book contains borderless full-page portraits of the whole national team and coaches taken before the world cup. The next part documents moments on the sideline of the final match Germany vs. Argentina which Germany won towards the end of the game. Paul was allowed on the field and documented the many little emotional moments of the players, coaches, staff, and fans after the victory. He also followed the team into the locker room and captured some amazing images of players celebrating, some sitting in front of the locker with their cell phone calling their loved ones, and others are playing soccer with their kids. His documentary continues with the bus ride back to the hotel, and the flight back to Germany where the team was welcomed with a huge parade which is also documented from the players' point of view in this book. At the end of the book, he took a whole set of portraits of the team again, but this time each person posing differently with the world cup trophy. This book made it into the book bestseller list in Germany. And no matter if you root for the German team or not, this book is a very intimate look at what is going on behind the scenes in pro sports. The pressure and the emotions that are involved can relate to any super bowl or other major sports event.

Link to some of the images on Paul’s website:

https://paulripke.com/photo/category/reportage/one-night-in-rio/1



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #15 | PPN | What photo gear to bring on your vacation

Jun 22, 2018 35:16

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: How to prepare for you photo vacation and what camera gear to take with you and why?

 

This episode is sponsored by:

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.


Gear discussed in this episode:

 

Compact Travel Tripods

Gorilla Pod

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JXpIVI

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tsyCzj

 

Manfrotto Pixi

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2ywks63

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tiZ8fe

 

Platypod

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JXYNJz

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2K6G8KR

 

Camera Bags:

ThinkTank Retrospective 10

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yyILAq

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KcEveq

 

COSYSPEED Streetomatic+

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yojeK3

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lrNI4J

 

High-Quality Travel Zoom Lenses:

Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 12-60mm f/2.8-4 ASPH. POWER O.I.S. Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2K7Qff8

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lrOqPr

 

Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 12-100mm f/4 IS PRO Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yos22N

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MNMBsr

 

Fujifilm XF 16-55mm f/2.8 R LM WR Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2K8JYzC

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2K842W5

 

Sony FE 24-105mm f/4 G OSS Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JXJws4

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lq1V1R

 

Power:

Anker PowerPort Speed 5-Port USB Charger

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2K5Qp6z

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tiwNpE

 

Camera Battery Charger for 2 Batteries

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yunh7V

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2yGtJZF

 

Small Portable Power Pack

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JZG9Ru

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MNWYN9

 

Memory & Storage:

SanDisk 64GB SD-card

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2K4lKGO

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tkTBow

 

Lexar 64GB SD-card

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JZKGDx

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2K700Kw

 

WD 2TB My Passport Wireless Pro USB 3.0

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JYNr7R

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ln9V3M

 

GNARBOX 128GB Portable Backup & Editing System

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yvYbW7

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Ka2fjr

 

Other:

Giottos Rocket Blaster

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2K02Kgy

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lrJ8na


For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:

Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/


Follow PPN here:

Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #15 | PPN | On Talking Mirrorless vs. DSLR with Bill Wadman

Jun 14, 2018 01:03:24

Description:

How far have mirrorless cameras come and where is a DSLR still the right camera for the job is what Marco Larousse and Bill Wadman discuss on episode #15 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for June 2018.

 

This show is sponsored by:

 

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

 

and

 

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.



Here are some of the cameras that Marco and Bill talk about on this episode:

 

Bill currently uses the Pentax 645Z, a medium format SLR.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LGkV7B  

 

Marco talked about these Fuji cameras:

X-T2

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2J6aufO  

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2t3rk57

 

X-Pro2

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LnvMmO

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MjqdqE

 

X-H1:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JuHXBH

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JFJXmH

 

Marco talked about these Panasonic cameras:

Lumix DC-G9

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jy9B0u

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2t1VeXu

 

Lumix DC-GX9

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jy9Rwu

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sRNEiN

 

Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 50-200mm f2.8-4 ASPH. Power O.I.S. Lens

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JEkV7s

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LHIFrS




Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)



Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi Scott and Marco, This question is for Marco as he is shooting mainly with Fuji right now. I’ve bought a Godox studio flash that I use with my Fuji X-T2. I want to make use of the hi-speed flash sync in order to cancel out most of the ambient light in locations where I can’t control the ambient light too well. My problem is that once I set my camera manually to 1/8000s at ISO 200, the EVF gives me the direct representation of this setting and makes the whole frame dark. The flash does have a modeling light but it’s way too dim to light the model properly for me to compose and focus through the EVF. I have been using a handheld  LED flashlight to overcome this, but it’s annoying for me and the model. Is there a better way to do this or is this a drawback of Fuji or mirrorless cameras in general? Love all of the different the PPN shows!

Question by: Garrett from Indianapolis, Indiana, USA.

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Bill Gekas - Title: The Arrival (click here). See more of Bill's photos on his gallery website here: http://www.billgekas.com/p1014938437

 

Here are the links to Bill’s work and social media accounts:

 

Web: https://www.billwadman.com  

Instagram 365 project: https://www.instagram.com/wadman365/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/billwadman/

Twitter:  https://twitter.com/billwadman

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bill.wadman

On Taking Pictures Podcast: http://www.ontakingpictures.com

Pals with Bill Wadman Podcast: https://pals.fireside.fm/

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Q&A #13 | PPN | Camera metering modes, which printer to choose, and how to take an iconic photo

Jun 7, 2018 34:17

Description:

Q&A about Different camera metering modes, which printer should you buy, and how to take an iconic photo?

 

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #13 for June 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

This episode is sponsored by:

HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.

https://bit.ly/2sAyZIv


Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, after many years of photography, I’m still uncertain which exposure metering mode I should use on my camera. My camera has three modes (matrix metering, center-weighted metering, and spot metering). Which one do you use as default mode and when would you switch to one of the other modes?

Question from: Kyle, Chicago, Illinois

 

Hi Marco, first of all, I want to thank you and Scott for all of the great education, inspiration, and technical explanation that you provide each month at PPN. And your shows also inspired me to print more of my images in the future. I currently use a small Canon print & scan combination, but I want to buy a photo printer and would like to get your advice what I should look out for. Thank you and please continue to inspire us.

Question from: Patricia, Fort Lauderdale, FL

 

Products discussed in the answer:

 

Canon PIXMA PRO-100 13” (8 dye based inks - 3 mono & 5 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LpPAWt

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sQ5NwK

 

Canon PIXMA PRO-10 13” (10 pigment based inks - 3 mono & 7 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LoofEe

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HrZ1SN

 

Canon PIXMA PRO-1000 17” (12 pigment based inks - 4 mono & 7 color inks + chroma optimizer)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ln5xNd

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JcCeAe

 

Epson SureColor P400 13” (8 pigment based inks - 2 mono & 5 color + chroma optimizer.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2JwLvmg

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kSfG9j

 

Epson SureColor P600 13” (9 pigment based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LsUB0x

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kU7QvU

 

Epson SureColor P800 17” ( 9 pigment based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jd8Ppz

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Jgwzta

 

Datacolor Spyder5EXPRESS for display calibration:

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LrGRTE

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hrrbxs

 

Hahnemuehle Fine Art Paper

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2LoZtnp

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JhzNMK

 

Hola Marco, I am really inspired by the inspirational photographers that you have interviewed and introduced at PPN. I have looked at many of their images and this has challenged me to take an iconic photo one day. I am an avid amateur and know how to take good photos. Some of my images have been printed in a local newspaper already. I know that this is not an easy question to answer, but what can I do to achieve my dream one day?

Question from: Juan, Madrid, Spain


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.

Camera and Inspiration #14 | PPN | Hands on inspiration with Olaf Sztaba - a visual poet and more

May 31, 2018 01:03:50

Description:

A creative discussion with our guest Olaf Sztaba. We talk about what can inspire you - once you see nothing interesting to take pictures of anymore.

 

This is episode #14 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for May 2018.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software - The #1 HDR Software for Mac & Windows

Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save $10 at checkout.



Olaf Sztaba picked up his first camera 35 years ago and it ignited his passion for “seeing” - and it turned into his lifetime journey with photography. Many call him a visual poet. His images and writings about creativity, seeing, and simplifying visual scenes are published online and offline in blogs and print media.

 

Olaf picked Trent Parke as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Trent is a four times World Press Photo Award winner and a member of Magnum Photo. But Olaf especially admires the creative vision and longtime projects that Trent creates mainly in camera and not through extensive post-processing. Marco picked Trent's book “Minutes to Midnight” in the PPN - Camera and Inspiration episode #3. You can find out more about Trent Parke on his Magnum profile page: https://www.magnumphotos.com/photographer/trent-parke/

 

In the main part of the show, Olaf and Marco share some hands-on tips on how to motivate you to go out and see new things even in your familiar surroundings. Try new approaches, allow emotions in your photo shoots, take risks, create questions with your photos, and subtract objects from your images are just a few tips that they cover.

 

Here are the links to Olaf’s work and social media accounts:

 

Web: https://olafphotoblog.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/olafphoto  

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/olaf_photo/  

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/olaf.sztaba   



Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Seeing Simplified” - by Olaf Sztaba.

 

Link to book: https://gumroad.com/l/nfnp

Published by OLI Publishing Inc.  (212 pages)

 

This book is a creative and visual guide and gives you a lot of optical food for thought. The book should be a constant companion on your smartphone or tablet. And if you are ever in a situation, maybe in your own town, and you see nothing interesting to take a photo of, just open a random page of Olaf’s book and challenge yourself to take an image in that style. And this is not to merely copy Olaf’s style, but it may trigger one of those a-ha moments that burns itself into your memory and makes you aware of something, that you may have overlooked all of those years before. Olaf has worked hard for decades to collect these moments and this book gives you a shortcut to decades of photographic experience and inspiration. For only $24.95 you really should not pass on this opportunity and buy Olaf’s book.



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #14 | PPN | Which mobile flash should you use and why

May 24, 2018 24:31

Description:

Which mobile flash and modifier should you use with your camera and why?


This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.

Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.


Gear and techniques discussed in this episode:

 

Yongnuo RF-603 II Wireless Flash Triggers are an inexpensive and basic option to remotely trigger your flash wirelessly.

Yongnuo RF-603 II - Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KON4ZG  

Yongnuo RF-603 II - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2s8S97v  

 

Yongnuo YN-622C II is a more sophisticated wireless transceiver that supports E-TTL for some camera / flash combinations:

Yongnuo YN-622 II - Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2x44Juc

Yongnuo YN-622C II - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2GHBUDC

 

Godox TT685 flash available for many camera brands:

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GKj12S

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2J1SaEE  

 

Godox X Pro E-TTL Wireless Flash Trigger:

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GHDDsA  

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2x57V9d  

 

Godox S-Type Speedlite Bracket for Bowens:

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2IEAT5c   

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2x3ryys   

 

Godox Octa Softbox with Bowens Speedring and Grid (37.4”):

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GIVIq5

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IY5R7w

 

MagMod light modifiers for mobile strobes:

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GJuMGT

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2IH3SVI

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:

Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

 


Follow PPN here:

Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #14 | PPN | Firmware Frenzy, Medium Format Love, and Vacation Cams

May 17, 2018 49:19

Description:

Firmware frenzy, medium format love, and vacation cams are some of the topics that Marco and Scott discuss on episode #14 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for May 2018.

 

This show is sponsored by:

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

 

Marco was interviewed about street photography and his work in the current issue of the German photography magazine “PHOTO HITS” 6/2018 (in German): https://shop.fotohits.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=foto-hits-magazin-6-2018

 

SmugMug acquired Flickr and Scott and Marco think that this could be a good thing for the photography community.

 

If you want to attend a 1 on 1 street photography workshop in Hamburg, Marco now offers this option. Check it out: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/

 

Marco draws the four winners for the PPN 1st birthday giveaway. 3 cool photo presents are gifted to 3 PPN listeners. These are the prices:

 

A COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER STREETOMATIC + camera bag. A copy of Skylum Luminar 2018 image processing software. A copy of Skylum Aurora HDR 2018 software.



Panasonic announced the TS7/FT7 camera. It’s the first rugged compact water- and shockproof camera to have a built-in EVF.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2L1InfT

 

Fuji announced the GF 250mm f4 R LM OIS WR medium format lens. It gives an EFV of around 200mm, focuses via a linear focus motor and its OIS is rated at 5-stop shake reduction, according to Fuji. The minimum focus distance is 1.4m or 55” and it weight 1.4kg or 3.14lb.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2wRqttw

 

Fuji released a 1.4x teleconverter for the new 250mm f4 lens, boosting the FOV to 277mm at f5.6..And they have also released macro extension tubes for the Medium Format GF system. The MCEX-18G WR is 18mm long while the MCEX-45G WR is 45mm. Both are weather sealed.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2wRqttw

 

Fuji updated the X-T2 with FW version 4.0. Some of the added features are:

Automatic focus bracketing up to 999 frames focus shift. (Stich later)

F-log recording to SD card (previously only possible over HDMI)

1080/120p high speed mode (plays back in Slow Motion)

Improved Phase Detect AF performance reducing the low light focus acquisition from  +0.5EV to -1.0EV,

Flicker reduction (especially indoor sports in fluorescent light)

Enlarged/customizable indicators in viewfinder and LCD

 

The Fuji X-T20 was upgraded to FW version 2.0, The X-E3 to FW version 1.20, the X100F to FW version 2.10, and the X-H1 to FW version 1.02.

Fuji FW update website: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html



Olympus has also released FW updates to some of their OM-D series cameras:

http://cs.olympus-imaging.jp/en/support/imsg/digicamera/download/software/firm/e1/ .

 

Hasselblad has released the XCD 21mm f4 lens for the X1D camera. It has a 17mm EFV with f4-f32 aperture range.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2rKZR7F

 

Hasselblad also updated the FW and added some features to the X1D camera with FW version 1.21. Some of the new features are:

Interval timer. Exposure bracketing. Shutter speed limit for Auto ISO in P and full Auto mode. AF support for almost all HC/HCD lenses when using the XH lens adapter.

https://www.hasselblad.com/x1d/firmware/

 

Sony released minor FW upgrades for two of their top cameras.

a7R III FW version 1.10 adds Pixel Shift Multi Shooting interval of 0.5sec (1-30 seconds previously). Adds support for bracketing during silent shooting with uncompressed RAW. Adds support for turning of the peaking display level for S-Log shooting and improves the overall stability of camera.

https://esupport.sony.com/US/p/model-home.pl?mdl=ILCE7RM3&template_id=1®ion_id=1&tab=download#/downloadTab

 

a7 III FW version 1.01 implements bug fixes and improves the overall camera stability.

https://esupport.sony.com/US/p/model-home.pl?mdl=ILCE7M3&template_id=1®ion_id=1&tab=download#/downloadTab

 

Tamron launches 28-75mm f2.8 Di III RXD lens for Sony e-Mount. The lens was designed with a focus on IQ, compact size, and Silent AF. It weighs 550g or 19.4Oz. The new stepping motor is claimed to be fast, accurate, and silent, and the lens is moisture resistant.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2rMI8wq

 

Casio is pulling out of the digital compact camera market and Marco is going down memory lane as his first ever digital camera was a Casio QV-10.



Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)



Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi Scott and Marco, I am currently shooting wildlife with a Nikon D500 and D7200, the D500 is everything have always wanted for a wildlife shooting camera. I use mostly a tamron 150-600 lens, however, at the end of the day, my arm is so tired if I do a lot of shooting. I have been seriously thinking about changing to either the oly OM_D Mll or the panasonic G9. From reviews, I have read either camera is a toss up for my needs. The panasonic feels great in the hand. My main question does one brand of lenses work better on the competitors camera than the other? Both brands seem to have good long lenses for wildlife Oh by the way I am from Clearfield, UT. and I have a sony a6500 for street shooting and for doing landscapes. I did try the sony 100-400 on it, and I did not care for that set up. Thanks for your help.

Question by: Mark from Clearfield, Utah, USA.



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Pics from Paul - Title: Bicycle and Bicycle (click here).



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Q&A #12 | PPN | Choosing a Camera System, Silver vs. Black, and Photo Contests

May 9, 2018 27:44

Description:

Q&A about: Choosing a camera system, silver or black cameras, and should you enter photo contests?

 

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #12 for May 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.

Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

You can still enter our PPN Birthday giveaway by telling us which was your favorite PPN episodes so far and why? Just enter your short comment to the show notes of the “We Shoot Mirrorless episode #13”:

https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/we-shoot-mirrorless-13-ppn-birthday-nab-news-and-giveaways

 

Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, I know that you are a Fuji shooter and have invested into this system for a few years. But if you would be free to buy a new mirrorless camera system today, which one would you pick and why? And BTW, I loved your interview with Jeff Widener, it was very inspiring. Thank you for all the work and great PPN content!

Question from: Edward, Toronto, Canada

 

I have a very simple and maybe a bit superficial question: Some of the camera bodies that I’m looking at right now are offered in black or silver. Should I just pick the one I like better or can you think of strategic reasons which one could be better?

Question from: Liz, San Diego, California

 

Hi Marco, I have started to become a more serious photographer about 3 years ago. I share my images on Instagram and Flickr and have received many likes and some positive comments so far. Now I have been invited to submit my images to a photo competition. What are your thoughts on photo competitions? Are they any good to make me more famous and expand my network or are they a waste of time and money?

Question from: Adrian, Melbourne, Australia

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

 

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.

Camera and Inspiration #13 | PPN | Jeff Widener - Iconic Tank Man Photographer and more

Apr 30, 2018 01:10:31

Description:

Interview with Jeff Widener - Inspiration from the famous “Tank Man” photographer on his famous image, his photojournalism career, and inspirational words for other photographers.

 

This is episode #13 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for April 2018.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software - The #1 HDR Software for Mac & Windows

Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save $10 at checkout.

 

This is the 50th podcast episode at PPN and we invited a very special photographer for this episode: Jeff Widener is an American photojournalist who is best known for his famous “Tank Man” image from Beijing in 1989. Time magazine has selected this photo as one of the 100 most influential images of all time.

 

Marco picked Jeff Widener as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month, and Jeff shares the thrilling moments and the many coincidences that led to him taking the famous Tank Man photo and how it has changed his career.

 

But a world famous and powerful iconic image such as “Tank Man“ often reduces a photographer in public perception to that image. And while sometimes struggling with the nimbus of his famous image, Jeff has proven over and over again that he is a very talented photographer with a strong body of work. http://www.jeffwidener.com In this interview he shares what made him want to become a photographer, how he advanced in his career, and some of the funny and interesting experiences that he has made during his work as a photojournalist. https://www.instagram.com/jeff.widener/

 

Quotes from the interview:

 

"You don’t just take a picture - you have to feel it."

 

"I need more chaos in my images..."

 

"I’ll be 62 in August and I’m still trying to find solutions to problems that have been bugging me about my work for years."

 

Here are the links to Jeff’s work and social media accounts:

 Web: http://www.jeffwidener.com

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jeff.widener/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/JeffSWidener/

 

Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Modern Color” - by Fred Herzog.

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2vTUBDV  

Published by Hatje Cantz (approx 320 pages): http://www.hatjecantz.de/fred-herzog-6837-1.html

 

Fred Herzog is mainly known for his photography in Vancouver where he focused primarily on capturing working-class life. He shot mainly on Kodachrome which marginalized him since most artists shot in B&W in the 1950’s and 1960’s.

But he has and his work has been recognized in recent years and I certainly want to introduce you to his work and his book Modern Color.

Herzog once said: “I wanted to show the world the way it is”

The book mainly consists of beautiful color photographs of the 1950’s to 1970’s and the color is simply stunning If you had never shot Kodachrome and want to get an idea why so many dearly miss it, you will instantly find out after opening this book.

This book should be on the very top of the list because it is a great example for those of you who may think that there is nothing interesting to photograph in your town anymore.

Looking at old images is always interesting, Cars, clothes, houses, no smartphones, but what do you think Fred saw when he stepped out of his door in 1958? It all looked to him like when you step out of your door today.

Study this book and see what caught his attention and convert it into today’s life. You may be amazed at the opportunities that lay before you.

The book covers a lot of different scenes, some that include humans, but if you are not comfortable with photographing humans without asking beforehand, there are plenty of images of cars, houses, posters, and signs that are just stunning.



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #13 | PPN | Shooting Video as a Photographer - with PhotoJoseph

Apr 22, 2018 52:53

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: Shooting video from a photographer's point of view - with guest host Joseph Linaschke, better known as PhotoJoseph on the internet.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.

Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

This More Gear Topic will be about shooting video from a photographer's point of view. Many of us photographers are scared of shooting video because we have grown up to capture the decisive moment in 1/1000s and edit that moment to perfection in the darkroom or nowadays in Lightroom or other photo editing software.

But we also pay good money for all of the latest and greatest video features in our photo cameras, so we might as well start to use them.

And in order to give you very experienced and qualified tips, Marco invited his friend PhotoJoseph who is not only a great guy, a wonderful photographer, an official Panasonic Luminary ambassador, but he is also a pro in regards of recording and editing professional videos.



Gear and techniques discussed in this episode:

 

Setting up your iPhone / smartphone to record good video. How good are smartphones for video and where are the limitations?



Recording video with rugged action cams like the new GoPro Hero is quite useful for certain situations, too. And few settings also mean few chances for errors.

GoPro Hero Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HNFdvd

GoPro Hero B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Hw4MRp



4K, 1080P, 24P, 30P, 60P… What does all this mean in the real world and which one should you choose to get the desired look?



How to set up your digital photo camera in order to get good looking video and audio results? What gear is suggested?

 

Rode VMMICRO - Compact on camera mic:

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HeBsBX

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2F2QapC

 

Panasonic GH5

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hk5V1C

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yL4no4



Easy backup, storing, and processing of your video files - even on your iPhone - via GNARBOX SSD:

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HeC1f3

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2vvSc20



LumaFusion is the iOS video editing software that Joseph uses on his iPad to process his images on the GNARBOX SSD:

https://luma-touch.com/lumafusion-for-ios/



Joseph will speak at the Out Of Chicago Conference this summer. Use the discount code “photojoseph” to save on your registration fee (discount is only available until April 25th!)

 

Co-Host info for Joseph Linaschke / PhotoJoseph

Joseph’s Website: www.joseph.info

Joseph’s YouTube Channel: youtube.com/photojoseph

Joseph’s Twitter: @PhotoJoseph

Joseph’s Instagram: www.instagram.com/photojoseph

Joseph’s Panasonic LUMIX and GH5 training: http://GH5Training.com



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:

Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/



Follow PPN here:

Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #13 | PPN | Birthday, NAB News, and Giveaways

Apr 13, 2018 59:15

Description:

News from NAB: GoPro, Blackmagic, and a very affordable camera drone. Plus our Q&A and the mirrorless photographer of the month.

 

On this episode #13 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for April 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by:

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.



Marco was interviewed about street photography and his work on two other podcasts:

The Traveling Image Makers - TTIM #120: http://www.ttim.photo/ttim-120-marco-larousse-and-preserving-memories/

Fotophonie Podcast (in German): https://fotophonie.de/fotophonie-109-streetfotografie-mit-marco-larousse/

 

Scott was also interviewed:

The Traveling Image Makers - TTIM #110: http://www.ttim.photo/ttim-110-scott-bourne-bird-photography/

 

Marco has been interviewed and featured in an 18 page special by the German “Soul of Street” magazine: https://www.soulofstreet.de/produkt/ausgabe16-download/

 

Marco is also one of the 3 founding members of The German Street Photography Site: https://germanstreetphotography.com

 

If you want to attend a 1 on 1 street photography workshop in Hamburg, Marco now offers this option. Check it out: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/

 

It’s PPN’s 1st Birthday and we are giving away 3 cool photo presents to 3 PPN listeners. Listen to the episode to find out what you have to do for your chance to win one of the three prices. These are the prices:

 

A COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER STREETOMATIC + camera bag. A copy of Skylum Luminar 2018 image processing software. A copy of Skylum Aurora HDR 2018 software.



Feedback from CP+ camera exhibition in Yokohama, Japan by our friends at DPReview: “The reign of the DSLR is almost over…

 

Blackmagic has announced the Pocket Cinema Camera 4K with a 4/3 HDR sensor with dual native ISO. DCI 4K resolution at up to 60fps. It records directly to an external SSD via USB-C and has a 5” LCD touchscreen. It comes with a license to DaVinci Resolve Studio and will retail for $1300 and it’ll be available later this year.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2EFInxJ

 

GoPro offers a new entry-level GoPro HERO action cam. The specs of this action cam include 1440/60P and 1080/60P video recording, 10MP still photos, 2-inch touch display, voice control, electronic video stabilization, and it’s waterproof up to 10m or 30ft. The camera retails for $200.

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2qoJT34

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Hw4MRp

 

Leica announced a Super-Vario-Elmar wide angle zoom lens 16-35mm f3.5-4.5 for the FF SL camera.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2GUoPI5

 

Leica is increasing prices in the US starting on May 1st, 2018.

 

Ryze introduced the Tello drone with DJI technology for $99. The Tello weighs 87g 2.82 oz, it flies up to 28km/h or about 17mph with a max flight time of 13 minutes with one charge. The control range max is 100m or 330ft via smartphone WiFi. It streams video at 1280 x 720 at 30P video (HD Ready) but is only transferred to the phone via WiFi. There is no SD storage on board. It flies fairly stable due to optical ground sensors that work as a visual positioning system.

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2qqIMQw

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2HtF3Jh

 

Lytro is closing down.



Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)



Mirrorless question of the month:

I'm currently using a Sony A6300 with a Tamron 18-200 lens, but I need to get a greater amount of zoom for animals & birds. There are almost no E-mount lens options, or they cost over $2,500.00. I went to my photo shop for advice or options, and they suggested going to a full frame Sony and cropping to get closer, not an option I'm interested in. I suggested maybe a Sigma 100-400mm with Canon to E-mount adapter, but the shop said focusing would be slow. I then mentioned an Olympus E-M10 Mark II (new M1 too pricey) with the Olympus 75 - 300 lens, giving me 600mm effective zoom without bulk. But the shop disagreed saying the photo quality/sharpness wouldn't be that good.; particularly zoomed in or cropped. Looking for other input or ideas, whether with Sony or something else. Or am I just out of luck? Really love the podcasts, keep up the great work! Also, I'm very happy using Luminar for my photo processing. Thanks for everything.

Question by: Dale from Pennsylvania, USA



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Stuart Paton - Untitled (click here).



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.

Q&A #11 | PPN | Turning Pro, B&W Conversion, and Shooting Film

Apr 6, 2018 35:35

Description:

Q&A about Turning Pro, B&W Conversion, and Shooting Film

 

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #11 for April 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.

Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.



Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hello Marco, I have been listening to you and Scott for some time and love the inspiration and knowledge that you share with so much enthusiasm on PPN. You are also one of the reasons that I want to pursue my photography more seriously and maybe start to make a living as a photographer. I enjoy to do portrait photography and could also see myself photographing weddings. You have mentioned that you are also a consultant for photography, so could you please give me some initial thoughts on how I should proceed? Thank you!

Question from: Charlotte, Dallas, Texas

 

Links that Marco mentioned while answering question 1:

 

Save $2 on your first purchase of a new domain on Hover: https://hover.com/WAlY3czw

 

Wireless Noise Canceling Headphones Sony WH-1000XM2 or Bose QuietComfort 35 II

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Ixbiql

Amazon Germany: Sony https://amzn.to/2q8h36P and Bose https://amzn.to/2q5WUxw

 

Hi Marco, I would love to hear how you work with shadow/highlights and black/white points when processing your black & white work. I use Luminar not Lightroom so if there is a difference in approach due to the software please elaborate. Cheers Warwick

Question from: Warwick, Sydney, Australia



Hi Marco! I enjoy all of your shows. I am a Mail Carrier in Montana, USA and podcasts are my lifeline! I do shoot digital (Fuji X100F and Nikon) but my real love lies in film. I seem to remember that you once said that you shoot with a Rolleiflex? I would love to hear about your Inspiration to shoot that camera and film. When, why, what you choose to shoot with film? Your thoughts, feelings, etc.

Question from: Betsy, Montana, USA

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

 

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.

Camera and Inspiration #12 | PPN | Beauty and still life photography inspiration with Zoë Noble

Mar 30, 2018 52:22

Description:

Beauty and still life photography inspiration with Zoë Noble.

This is episode #12 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for March 2018.

 

 

This PPN episode is sponsored by:

Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software - The #1 HDR Software for Mac & Windows

Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save $10 at checkout.


Zoë Noble is an incredible beauty and still life photographer as well as a very skilled retoucher from England. She is passionate about crafting stories with beautiful light. Her images are bold and graphic and sometimes idiosyncratic, and her editorial work has been published in Vogue Arabia, Harper’s BAZAAR Arabia and ELLE Japan. And she has been commissioned by brands such as Sony, Ableton L’Oreal Paris just to name a few.

 

Zoë picks this month inspirational photographer: Ben Hassett. He a self-taught beauty photographer from England who now lives and works in New York City and has the reputation as one of the worlds best beauty photographers. Please check out his work on his website: http://www.benhassett.com

 

In the main part of this episode, Marco and Zoë discuss how she became a self taught beauty and still life photographer and how her photo retouching skills help her to get constant jobs even in tough beauty photography market. Zoë also shares how she approaches her photo assignments and gives great advice for beginning beauty photographers.

 

Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “50 Portraits” - by Gregory Heisler.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2GIA9dc

Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2J3slB6


Here are the links to Zoë’s work and social media accounts:

 

Web: http://www.zoenoble.com

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCY3OplDBTeMNeOKtkBOkqiQ

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/zonophoto/

Twitter:  https://twitter.com/ZoNoPhoto

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ZoeNoblePhotography


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #12 | PPN | March 22nd, 2018

Mar 22, 2018 22:02

Description:

Modern lens adapters and how they can benefit your creativity and make you less dependant on camera brands.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.



This More Gear Topic will be about lens adapters and you may be surprised what kind of options are out there today because this segment has really seen some interesting innovation far beyond a simple metal mount adapter from a decade ago. And it would not surprise me if you will start to look around for vintage lenses to give it a try after you’ve listened to this show.

 

Gear that Marco discussed in this episode:

 

Basic lens adapters without optical elements or electronic connectors for aperture control. These are best used for vintage manual focus lenses with physical aperture rings around the lens:

 

FotodioX Pro Lens Mount Adapter for M42 to Canon EF-Mount cameras: ca. $10 https://bhpho.to/2pqgVQ0 FotodioX Olympus OM Pro Lens Adapter for Fujifilm X-Mount Cameras: ca. $23 https://bhpho.to/2psLeFp Vello Olympus OM Lens to Micro Four Thirds Camera Lens Adapter: ca. $40 https://bhpho.to/2pyKor5  

 

Mechanical MF lens adapter for lenses without an aperture ring. These adapters have an extra set of aperture blades that allow you to stop down the lens without having to activate the internal electronic aperture blades inside the lens:

 

Vello Canon EF/EF-S Lens to Fujifilm X-Mount Camera Lens Adapter with Aperture Control: ca. $70 https://bhpho.to/2FWaBG1 Vello Canon EF/EF-S Lens to Micro Four Thirds Camera Lens Adapter with Aperture Control: ca. $60 https://bhpho.to/2DKw3ff

 

Fully automatic adapters allow the use of electronic lenses on different mount systems. Such as Canon EF lenses to Sony E Mount. The AF and aperture control are enabled when using these adapters:

 

Metabones T Smart Adapter for Canon EF or Canon EF-S Mount Lens to Select Micro Four Thirds-Mount Cameras: ca. $400 https://bhpho.to/2ptLJ2d Metabones Canon EF/EF-S Lens to Sony E Mount T Smart Adapter (Fifth Generation): ca. $400 https://bhpho.to/2psQusF



Speed booster adapters are another alternative that can offer two advantages:

 

An internal lens element reduces the image size before it hits the sensor - effectively increasing your field of view and eliminating the crop factor. This can be very useful to maintain the field of view of a full frame lens on crop sensor cameras such as APS-C or m4/3. With these adapters, a 35mm FF lens can give you a FOV close to 35mm on your APS-C or m4/3 sensor camera. By bundling more light and sending it to the sensor, you can also gain an additional stop (or more) of light and reduce higher ISO values in low light.

 

Metabones Canon FD Lens to Fujifilm X-Mount Camera Speed Booster ULTRA: ca. $450 https://bhpho.to/2DJOL6x

 

Metabones Olympus OM Lens to Fujifilm X-Mount Camera Speed Booster ULTRA: ca. $450 https://bhpho.to/2ptH68h

 

Metabones T Speed Booster XL 0.64x Adapter for Full-Frame Canon EF-Mount Lens to Select Micro Four Thirds-Mount Cameras: (1.3 stops more light) ca. $650 https://bhpho.to/2FXQcQJ



More links related to this episode:

 

Here is the complete B&H lens adapter section: https://bhpho.to/2DJqwWr

 

And here are some used manual lenses from the B&H used lens department: https://bhpho.to/2FQXVUW



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:

Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/



Follow PPN here:

Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #12 | PPN | March 15th, 2018

Mar 15, 2018 42:10

Description:

New cameras from Sony & Canon, Olympus FW updates, new lenses from Panasonic, Sigma, and Tokina - Q&A and the mirrorless photographer of the month.

 

On this episode #12 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for March 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by:

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.



Scott has been flying more miles in the past month, than most of the migratory birds that he photographs usually fly in a whole year. And he tells us what he has been up to.

 

Next, they cover the current mirrorless industry news and comments by executives regarding the growth and bright future of the mirrorless imaging market.

 

Sony launched their new a7 III - a full frame mirrorless camera with 24MP BSI sensor and 5-Axis image stabilization. Sony says that this camera has improved AF speed and battery capacity that is about twice as powerful as on the previous model. And for what it offers the price of $2000 may be tempting for many photographers switching over from DSLR’s

 

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2DlRT8Q

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2HnHH1H

 

Canon announced the EOS M50 mirrorless camera. This model is positioned above the EOS M100 and has a built-in EVF. But the additional strong crop factor when shooting 4K video may be a deal breaker for more serious videographers looking for a photo camera to work with.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FtGFoJ

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2p3ZS4Y

 

Olympus has announced a big FW upgrade for OM-D E-M1 II, E-M5 and Pen-F cameras that you can find here: http://www.getolympus.com/firmware

 

Scott talks about his world experience with the Olympus Digital ED 17mm 1:1.2 Pro lens and Marco explains some real-world benefits of this lens compared to an f1.8 version.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2htbn6z

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2p8GgN4

 

Panasonic announced the new ultra telephoto Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 50-200mm f2.8-4 ASPH lens for m4/3 cameras. With an equivalent field of view of a traditional 100-400mm lens, the lens weight of 655g or 1.44 lb is quite appealing and a nice completion of Panasonic’s f2.8-4 lens range (8-18mm f2.8-4, 12-60mm f2.8-4, and now 50-200mm f2.8-4)

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FsM1QK

 

Sigma announced that it will make 9 of their Prime Art lenses available for Sony E-Mount in the future. These lenses are planned for the E-Mount: 14mm F1.8 DG HSM | Art, 20mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 24mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 35mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 50mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 70mm F2.8 DG Macro | Art, Sigma 85mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, Sigma 105mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, Sigma 135mm F1.8 DG HSM | Art

 

Tokina has announced that it will offer an AF version of their 20mm FiRIN f2 FE lens for Sony E-Mount. Currently, this lens is only available as a manual focus version.

MF version at B&H: https://bhpho.to/2DinZCe



Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)




Mirrorless question of the month:

 

Hi, I started my photographic journey many years ago with an Olympus OM10 film camera. Eventually moving on to digital cameras with my first digital SLR being the Olympus E410 four-thirds system. I had a couple of lenses for this, the kit lens 14-42 and the 70-300 zoom 4-5.6.

I now own the Olympus OM-D EM10 MK1 with a 17mm f1.8 lens. This combination is perfect for street photography but I do also enjoy other types of photography especially wildlife. For this I do need more focal length and the obvious thing would be to purchase a new lens but money is tight and I already have lenses that could be used to get closer.

I use the 70-300 with the Olympus four-thirds adapter on my OM-D EM10 body. The problem is, it’s very slow to focus. A google search gave me the impression that some newer Olympus bodies were better able to focus this type of lens. Is this the case and would I be better off with an EM-1 I or II or are there some settings that I can make that would aid the use of this lens?

Best wishes Rob, Somerset, UK




We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: David Queenan - Loch Ard (click here).



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Q&A #10 | PPN | March 8th, 2018

Mar 8, 2018 36:53

Description:

Q&A about square filters, real portrait lenses, and watermarks

 

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #10 for March 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

This episode is sponsored by PhotoShelter - Please use this link for a 14 day free trial and use our PPN listener discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save 20% at checkout for new members signing up for a regular or pro account.



Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

Hi Marco, I really love the 4 different photography shows and enjoy your diverse selection of photographer guests. I have a question regarding the online presentation of my images. I think that I have heard you say, that you are a fan of putting a watermark on your photos when you share them online. Other photographers say that they don’t put a watermark on their images because it destroys the optical esthetics and the copyright info is in the metadata of the image already. I’m really in between two fences here and would like to get your take on it. Thank you!

Question from: Danielle, Sydney, Australia



Hi PPN Team, my project for 2018 is to start to become a serious portrait photographer. I use a Fuji X-T2 and have the XF 14mm f2.8, XF 23mm f2, and XF 35mm f1.4 lens so far. I’m looking at buying a real portrait lens and I’m in between the XF 56mm f1.2 and the XF 90mm f2. I’ve heard that both are optically very good, but which focal length would be better? Thanks for all the shows!

Question from: Sandro, Toronto, Canada

 

You’ve talked about the advantages and disadvantages of variable ND filters in your last Q&A show #9. This has convinced me to go with standard ND filters for my purpose (mainly landscape and long exposure Photography). But now I would like to piggyback on the question and ask if I should buy round screw on filters or rather the large square sliding filters?

Question from: Michelle, San Diego, California

 

Haida Filter System as discussed in the show:

Haida 100mm Filter Holder:

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2FvMDo6

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Fkxvuo

 

Haida 100mm NanoPro MC Circular Polarizer

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2oWCV3D

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2oRrivT

 

Haida 100mm Solid Neutral Density 3.0 Filter (10-Stop)

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2Fr7gyx

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2tooLOn

 

Haida 100mm NanoPro MC Soft Edge Graduated ND 0.9 (3-Stop)

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2p119do

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Fj87oL



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.

 

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.

Camera and Inspiration #11 | PPN | February 28th, 2018

Mar 1, 2018 01:02:04

Description:

This is episode #11 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for February 2018.

 

This show is sponsored by:

 

PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!

(use the discount code "PHOTOPODCASTS" at checkout to save 20% on Regular or Pro accounts)



We have drawn the winner of the “PPN January Photography Gift Giveaway” and on this show, the winner gets a license to Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software.

If you were not the lucky winner, you can still get a 14 day free trial of  Aurora HDR 2018. You can download the software here and if you decide to buy it, just use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout to save $10.



Marco invites Bill Wadman as a guest for this Camera and Inspiration episode. Bill is an amazing portrait photographer from Brooklyn, NY. His images have been seen on the covers and pages of major publications throughout the world. He considers himself notoriously obsessive and rarely satisfied. His Instagram bio contains the words: Take Portrait. Obsess. Repeat. And he is the co-host of the very popular creativity podcast “On Taking Picture.”

 

Bill picks this month inspirational photographer: Stéphane Lavoué. He is a French portrait photographer who was born in 1976. He has a very honest, artistic, and harsh portrait style. Please check out his work on his website: http://www.stephanelavoue.fr/portraits-3

 

In the main part of this episode, Marco and Bill discuss Bill’s 365 portrait project. Why did he start it? How does he organize it? How has it benefited him? What are the troubles that he encountered in his project and how does he deal with them? What would he recommend to our listeners if they want to start a long time photo project?

 

Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Photography by the Letter” - by Jeffery Saddoris.

https://jefferysaddoris.com/photography-by-the-letter/



Here are the links to Bill’s work and social media accounts:

 

Web: https://www.billwadman.com  

Instagram 365 project: https://www.instagram.com/wadman365/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/billwadman/

Twitter:  https://twitter.com/billwadman

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bill.wadman

On Taking Pictures Podcast: http://www.ontakingpictures.com

Dreamscapes Lecture YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B7uVsmyk5Cc

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)



And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

We Shoot Mirrorless #11 | PPN | February 22nd, 2018

Feb 22, 2018 50:42

Description:

On this episode #11 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for February 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by:

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

and

PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!

 

Scott tells us what he has been up to and at which photography events he can be seen in the next couple of weeks.

 

We are giving away one COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER Streetomatic + camera bag on this show. Listen to find out who has won it.

 

Fuji announced their new top model camera the X-H1. This camera is a hybrid between a photo and video camera and Marco has received a lot of questions regarding this camera and he’ll give his honest opinion regarding some of the features and changes that Fuji has implemented in this camera.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FnzbjP

 

Olympus has announced the entry-level mirrorless PEN E-PL9 camera.

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2ogogRB

 

Panasonic has announced the compact GX9 camera with a 20MP m4/3 sensor and 90° tilting EVF. This could be a very nice street photography camera.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2CAPlTJ

 

Panasonic has also announced the ZS200/TZ200 which features a 20MP 1” sensor, 5-Axis Image-Stabilization, and a 24-360mm equivalent field of view super zoom lens.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2EHTXxk

 

Lensbaby announced the Burnside 35mm lens with variable vignetting. This lens introduces the Petzval lens features to a relatively wide 35mm f2.8 lens. It is supposed to be bright and sharp in the center with a nice color rendition - while a slider can introduce a variable amount of swirling bokeh and vignetting to the outer area of the frame. The Burnside 35mm is rendered for full-frame DSLR cameras, but it also comes in mirrorless mounts for Micro Four Thirds, Sony E, Fujifilm X and Samsung NX mount.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2CBdF7U

 

DJI has announced yet another very desirable drone. The new DJI Mavic Air fits right in between the entry-level Spark and the top compact model Mavic Pro.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FjFFjy

 

Sony has developed a backlit CMOS sensor with global shutter, and Scott and Marco discuss if and how this could change the future of photography.

 

Scott will be at the Skylum booth at WPPI. Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software.

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)




Mirrorless question of the month:

Dear Marco, dear Scott, As a big fan of your show I know that you are in favor of Fuji (Marco) and Olympus (Scott). Currently, I have the opportunity to test the Olympus om-d e-m1 mark ii for four weeks and I have to say this is a very nice camera. I like it very much. Now I would be very much interested to compare the Olympus with the Fuji X-T2 and I thought this would be a nice topic for your show as you know both cameras very well. I'm not so much interested in specs comparison but rather in daily practice and image quality etc. I would be very grateful if you could cover this topic in one of your next show. Thanks in advance and best regards Helmut (from Munich)




We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Peter Weckesser - Back to the Beginning (click here).





Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

More Gear Show #11 | PPN | February 15th, 2018

Feb 16, 2018 54:27

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: We’ve invited one of the world's top motorsports photographers, Jamey Price, and talked about the craft and the demanding gear for international motorsports photography.

 

This episode is sponsored by:

PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!


Marco draws the winner for the PPN January photograph gift giveaway. The price is a PhotoShelter standard account for 1 year. What made Jamey Price start with sports and eventually motorsports photography? How does Jamey decide on which race he covers and how does he prepare for it? What main gear does Jamey use on his motorsports jobs?

 

Gear that Jamey currently uses:

Tenba Bags: https://bhpho.to/2HiCVDt Nikon D5: https://bhpho.to/2Hiy7OL Nikon 500mm f4 VR lens:https://bhpho.to/2Ewo9vl Nikon 70-200 f2.8 VR lens: https://bhpho.to/2Co6mQO Nikon 24-70 f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2GhtrHr Nikon 14-24mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2HkjpGL Nikon 24mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2CovA1I Nikon 85mm f1.8: https://bhpho.to/2HhGie4


Jamey shares his demanding image workflow and software:

Photomechanics: https://www.camerabits.com/tour-v5/ PhotoShelter


What advice does Jamey give to someone who would like to get started with motorsports photography? FRAMES is a video documentary about Jamey’s work that will be out, shortly. Here is the trailer: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zkuUNSAbWkM&feature=youtu.be

 

Links to Jamey Price:

Website: https://www.jameypricephoto.com/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/jameypricephoto/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/jameypricephoto

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jameypricephoto/


For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:

Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/


Follow PPN here:

Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

Q&A #9 | PPN | February 8th, 2018

Feb 8, 2018 32:15

Description:

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #9 for February 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

This episode is sponsored by PhotoShelter - Please use this link for a 14 day free trial and use our PPN listener discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save 20% at checkout for new members signing up for a regular or pro account.

 

Marco draws the lucky winner of the PPN January photography gift giveaway. If you did not win but would still like a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 software just click the link.

 

And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCATS” for extra savings at checkout.


Here are the questions that Marco answers on this episode:

 

Hi Marco, I have recently started to work as a part-time event and wedding photographer and always try to improve my workflow and quality of work. I often read on forums that a real pro should shoot in “M” (Manual) mode like the real masters do. But I have been taught that today’s cameras are very capable and often do a better job in choosing the right settings than a human can. I’m a bit confused on which is the better approach. Can you help in clarifying this for me? Thank you for all of the great shows that you produce. I’ve learned a lot so far.

Question from: Julia, Vancouver, Canada


I am doing a lot of landscape photography and like to use ND filters to slow down the shutter speed and get blurry water and clouds. But ND filters are expensive and it is a pain to carry and switch many of them around. And when I stack two or three on top of each other to get different ND strengths, I get strong vignetting in the corners, especially on wide angle lenses. A variable ND filter looks like a great solution to get the job done with only one filter. What do you think about them?

Question from: Ian, Galway, Ireland


I often hear Pincushion or barrel distortion when people talk about lenses. Is this a real issue and something to worry about? Which one is better or worse for general photography if I have the choice between two lenses? Tack så mycket!

Question from: Ole, Malmö, Sweden


When photographing in the city with just one camera and lens on a strap and no bag. Where do you put your camera while eating at a café? Those small café tables outside, leave little room for food and drinks and you don't want the soft drinks to spill on the camera. Hanging the camera on the back of the chair is just inviting pickpockets to help themselves to your gear. Putting it on the pavement is also a bad idea with the risk of forgetting it or people to step on it. Best regards

From: Thomas, Copenhagen, Denmark

 

Would you talk about extension tubes, please? My camera is an OMD-EM1 mark II. What is their purpose? Do they work with any lens? Is quality loss significant? Is quality loss more if you can use with zoom lenses? Can you recommend a brand? Plus all the questions I do not know enough to ask. Thanks!!!

From: Bill, Missouri, USA


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.

More Gear Show #10 | PPN | January 31st, 2018

Feb 1, 2018 47:32

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: A closer look at Fuji X-cameras and lenses

 

This episode is sponsored by:

PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!



Participate in our January photograph gift giveaway. One listener can win a PhotoShelter standard account for 1 year. Just write into the comments of these show notes on our website why you would like to win the PhotoShelter Account.

 

Marco gets a lot of questions regarding Fuji cameras and lenses. After shooting Fuji cameras for 7 years now, he shares his experiences about many of the Fuji cameras and lenses. And he points out which gear is he likes to use for what purpose.

 

What made Marco start to use Fuji cameras?

 

Marco talks about these Fuji X-Cameras in this show:

Fuji X-A5: https://bhpho.to/2BHKWy1 Fuji X-E3: https://bhpho.to/2Erzv07 Fuji X-Pro2: https://bhpho.to/2BHo69A Fuji X-T20: https://bhpho.to/2ErPL1g Fuji X-T2: https://bhpho.to/2BHROLy Fuji X100F: https://bhpho.to/2EtwKLM

 

And these Fuji XF lenses are covered in this show:

XF 14mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2EnsvBr XF 16mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2Et5EEw XF 18mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2ErzGJa XF 23mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2Eqzee7 XF 23mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2EoHVp7 XF 35mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2ErNrHx XF 35mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2BFD1kC XF 50mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2BFVOfH XF 56mm f1.2: https://bhpho.to/2ErLD18 XF 90mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2BGiIDR XF 10-24mm f4: https://bhpho.to/2EpImiT XF 16-55mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2BGdp76 XF 50-140mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2Es4r0n XF 1.4X TC: https://bhpho.to/2BFFc7M XF100-400mm f4.5-f5.6: https://bhpho.to/2ErDo5y



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:

Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Twitter: @HamburgCam

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/

 

Follow PPN here:

Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts

Twitter: @Photopodcasts

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

Camera and Inspiration #10 | PPN | January 25th, 2018

Jan 26, 2018 59:34

Description:

This is episode #10 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for January 2018.

 

This show is sponsored by:

PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!

 

Marco invites Kevin Mullins as a guest for this camera & inspiration episode. Kevin is an amazing documentary and award winning wedding photographer from England. Brides go absolutely crazy when they hear his name. He is a Fujifilm ambassador, but no matter what kind of camera you put in his hand, he will tell amazing stories with it.

 

Kevin picks this month inspirational photographer: James Revilious (1939 - 1999) worked as an art teacher at Hammersmith College in England. He was inspired by an exhibition from Henri Cartier Bresson’s work and started documenting life in the area of North Devon. This project turned into a quest.You can see some of his images here: http://www.jamesravilious.com/gallery.asp

 

In the main part of this episode, Marco and Kevin discuss different aspects of the topic: “Why should one work in a documentary style instead of staged photography?” Kevin has implemented the documentary style into his wedding and social photography.

 

Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “The Documentary Impulse” - by Stuart Franklin.

Amazon Germany: http://amzn.to/2ne3xfE

 

Phaidon: http://uk.phaidon.com/store/photography/the-documentary-impulse-9780714870670/



Here are the links to Kevin’s work and social media accounts:

 

Web: https://www.kevinmullinsphotography.co.uk

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/GloucestershireWeddingPhotography/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/kevinmullinsphotography/

Twitter:  https://twitter.com/kevin_mullins

X-Weddings Conference 2018: https://www.x-weddings.co.uk



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

We Shoot Mirrorless #10 | PPN | January 18th, 2018

Jan 20, 2018 53:09

Description:

On this episode #10 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for January 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by:

COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.

and

PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!

 

Participate in our January photograph gift giveaway. One listener can win a COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER Streetomatic + camera bag. Just write into the comments of these show notes on our website why you would like to win the camera bag.

 

Scott shared his experience from visiting CES and Imaging USA.

 

Panasonic announced the LUMIX GH-5S.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2DSg9Bg

 

Leica announced two new portrait lenses for their full frame mirrorless SL camera mount.

APO Summicron SL 75mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2DTbNtJ

APO Summicron SL 90mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2DSOJen

 

Sony announced the E-mount 18-135mm f3.5-5.6 OSS lens for their APS-C camera line.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2rniWzA

 

Sony released FW 2.0 update for their top of the line a9 FW camera.

https://alphauniverse.com/stories/sony-announces-a9-firmware-update-2-00/

 

Fuji updated the firmware of the X-Pro2 (FW 4.01) and X-E3 (FW 1.10) cameras.

http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html

 

DJI announced the Ronin S camera stabilizer for interchangeable lens cameras. It is expected to ship in the second half of 2018.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2rrCMK4

 

GoPro exits the drone market and discontinues their Karma drone. As a result, they are cutting more jobs and have recently cut the price of their GoPro HERO6 Camera by $100.

 

Adobe announced the final update (6.14) of the stand-alone / none Creative Cloud version of LightRoom. LightRoom now has become unsupported unless users upgrade to the monthly CC rental plan.

 

Scott gives a sneak peek into the development of Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software.

Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)



Mirrorless question of the month:

I love shooting with my Olympus OMD EM5 MkII and the small lenses. However, recently I have been trying to put together a kit for birds and wildlife. That has led me to a very surprising discovery. Why does an EM1 Mk II & a 300mm f4 PRO cost $1200 more than a D500 & 200-500? Or, $1650 more than a Canon 7D MkII & 300mm f4? Shouldn't MFT systems cost less since they are a much smaller sensor requiring smaller image circle from the glass. On top of the cost, even the size doesn't make sense. For example, why does the Olympus 300mm f4 PRO measure and weigh as much or more than the Canon 300mm f4L IS that is built to cover full frame sensor size? I was also recently shocked by the Panasonic 200mm f2.8 that sells with a teleconverter for $3k! Meanwhile, Canon's excellent and proven 200mm f2.8L sells for $750. Sadly, this is pushing me away from mirrorless and back to DSLR due to the ridiculous pricing of mirrorless systems......

This question was sent to us from: Shaun from New Jersey..



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Mike Hedge - 2 Wheels in the French Quarter (click here).




Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Q&A #8 | PPN | January 9th, 2018

Jan 11, 2018 33:05

Description:

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #8 for January 2018.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

This episode is sponsored by PhotoShelter - Please use this link for a 14 day free trial and use our PPN listener discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save 20% at checkout for new members signing up for a regular or pro account.

 

Write a comment below these show notes and tell us why you would like to win a free copy of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 software for your chance to be the winner that will be announced on next months show.

 

If you want to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018, use the discount code “PHOTOPODCATS” for extra savings at checkout.

 

Here are the questions that Marco answers on this episode:

 

Hi Marco, I've heard you make the argument in favor of tilt LCD screens on cameras and that they can be very useful and sometimes can get you shots that would be hard to get without it. I’m in the process of buying a new camera and want to buy one with a tilt LCD. But there are different kind of flip and rotating screens and I’m wondering where the advantages of the different kinds are? I’m doing mainly interior and outdoor photography.Thanks!

Question from: Melissa from Boston, Massachusetts

 

Hi Scott & Marco, why is it that documentary photography and street photography work better with wider angle lenses than tele lenses? It feels much easier to get a clean, nondistracting image when I zoom in closer to the subject. Thank you!

Question from: Piotre from Krakow, Poland

 

Should I buy a kit lens bundle as they are often a good value or rather buy the body only and use the extra money for the better lens that I really want?

Question from: Frank from Brisbane, Australia

 

Hi Guys, one questions from Cologne in Germany: If you could look in your crystal ball, would you see 3rd party lens producers like Tamron, Sigma or Tokina to develop lenses for Fuji in the future? I only know about Zeiss and Samyang which are no real serious competitors for Fuji lenses. Thank you, and have a nice X-Mas.

Question from: Daniel from Cologne, Germany

 

I have a question about TETHERING. I’ve got a FujiFilm X-T2, great camera, and I’ve got a 27” retina iMac, so in that respect, tethering at home is no problem. But if I’m shooting portraits outside the home, or doing real estate photography, it’s not practical to bring a desktop computer. I don’t have a laptop, but I do have a WiFi only iPad Air (about 3 years old) which has a lightning connection (pretty sure it’s lightning). Is there a cable, and/or a workflow that will at least give me a preview of my images on the iPad Air, without interfacing with a desktop, laptop or cellular connection? I’m not concerned about making adjustments with Lightroom Mobile, or saving them to the iPad. It’s all about seeing the images larger, and giving the client a sneak peak. Thanks in advance for the advice and love the show!

Question from: Brent from Pittsburgh, PA (USA)

 

Listener reply to Warwick’s question from last week:

How confident should I feel about my computer being able to read my Nikon and Fuji raw files in say 20 years time?

 

Answer from listener Marc:

Marco, I have to tell you, that the TIFF format is an ISO standard, so you will get software to read the files even in 100 and more years! I work in the digital archive business for 13 years now! Best regards, Marc from Hamburg, Germany

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.



For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

Camera and Inspiration #9 | PPN | December 31th, 2017

Dec 31, 2017 42:41

Description:

This is episode #9 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for December 2017.

 

This episode is sponsored by: PhotoShelter

 

On the last PPN episode of 2017, Marco and Scott sit down in front of their virtual fireplace and talk about the past year in terms of inspiration and photography at PPN.

Scott picks this month inspirational photographer: Irving Penn (1917 - 2009). He was an American fashion and portrait photographer who created an amazing body of work. Please check out his work here:

https://www.irvingpenn.org

 

Listener Jerome from Chicago, Illinois asked Marco for a behind the scene peek. How is a PPN episode produced? Marco gave a quick rundown on what happens before the listeners can download each new episode.

 

Main part: Looking back at the highlights of the 2017 PPN Camera and Inspiration episodes:

 

Camera and Inspiration #1| PPN | APRIL 30TH, 2017

Scott picked: Diane Arbus (1923-1971), American photographer who focused part of her photography on documenting marginalized people.

We talked about why we (humans) are so attached to photography and the importance of preserving visual memories for future generations.

Scott shared some basic tips on how you can easily become better at the craft of photography by following a few simple advices.

 

Camera and Inspiration #2 | PPN | May 30TH, 2017

Marco picked: Fan Ho (Henri Cartier Bresson of the East), Chinese photographer and film director.

This was the print episode where Marco interviewed the PR manager from White Wall on how to get the desired print results from an external print vendor. They covered ICC and monitor profiling, paper selection, etc.



Camera and Inspiration #3 | PPN | June 28th, 2017

Scott picked Georgia O’Keeffe famous painter (the muse of Alfred Stieglitz).

The main topic was on how reducing gear on your photo endeavors can actually improve your photography. Know your camera and lens better.



Camera and Inspiration #4 | PPN | July 28th, 2017

Marco picked Robert Doisneau (French photographer known for the image “The Kiss”).

Summer vacation episode with a discussion if you should even bring a camera on vacations. And how to make this an enjoyable experience for you and those who travel with you.

 

Camera and Inspiration #5 | PPN | August 22nd, 2017

Scott picks John Paul Caponigro - American environmental fine art photographer.

Scott gave a lesson on how to correctly approach bird photography and become better at it.



Camera and Inspiration #6 | PPN | September 28th, 2017

Marco picks Gerda Tarot, the better half of Robert Capa.

After so many natural disasters and crazy wildfires in California, this was the backup strategy show that everyone should listen to and try to implement at least parts into their workflow.



Camera and Inspiration #7 | PPN | October 30th, 2017

Guest: Valerie Jardin, famous French street photographer from the US.

Valerie picked André Kertész, Hungarian photographer groundbreaking contributor to photographic composition and the photo essay. He was ahead of his time.

Main topic: The vision, concept, struggles and helpful tips when producing a photo book - or any physical collection from your body of work



Camera and Inspiration #8 | PPN | November 30th, 2017

Guest: Martin Waltz, German street and documentary photographer from Berlin.

Martin picked Daido Moriyama, Japanese photographer known for showing the dark sides of urban life of undocumented parts in cities but mainly in Tokyo.

Main topic: “Why should one produce an image series in photography instead of producing a collection of single images and how to approach a photographic series.”



Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is actually not a book, but a subscription to the LFI Magazine: https://lfi-online.de/ceemes/en/news/

 

We are wishing all of our listeners a happy, healthy and prosperous new year with lots of photographic inspiration!

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #9 | PPN | December 25th, 2017

Dec 25, 2017 40:50

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: What gear to choose for street-, travel-, or documentary photography?

 

This episode is sponsored by: PhotoShelter

 

Marco invited fellow street and event photographer Matt Hart from England as our guest to the show. Matt has been creating images for 40 years and he is also a Fujifilm ambassador and the founder of the Fujiholics Social Media group.

 

Clothes & Shoes:

The first gear choices that are discussed are clothes and shoes. It sounds like something that one should not put too much thought into, but the right shoes and clothes can make the difference between a pleasant and successful or a miserable day doing photography in the city.



Camera bags:

Matt prefers a backpack over traditional camera bags most of the time these days. But he does also like the stylish GILLIS bags:

GILLIS B&H: https://bhpho.to/2D5mtnh

 

Marco uses the ThinkTank Retrospective 5 & 10 bags

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2BZnTQP

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2C3fzSz

 

And the COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER Streetomatic Plus

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2ABWORN

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2kQu5TZ



Accessories:

Extra batteries!!! at least 2 Extra SD-Card Small power bank for phone and some USB charging cameras Ziplock bag Rocket Blower Facial tissues for soft lens cleaning Cap or hat Small paper notebook and pencil Reusable bottle for water change for train, drink, snack, admission a light umbrella with a crooked handle

 

Cameras:

small, light, unobtrusive and quiet easy to control or quick custom settings menu - we need to react fast to changing situations a good manual focusing mode is a bonus for zone focusing - shooting from the hip tilt LCD or even EVF for stealthy, less confrontational work.

 

Fuji X70

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2C0mNVc

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2BuPYOV

 

Fuji X100F

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2D6YuEp

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2zoZCB1

 

Fuji X-PRO2

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2C19CmL

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2D7RuqP

 

Fuji X-T2

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2D71q3F

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2DGiQFt

 

Olympus PEN-F

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2BZU2YJ

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2zqD2Ig

 

Panasonic Lumix DMC-GX8

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2D6EotG

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2zpFiiP

 

Ricoh GR II

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2BZ1mE0

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2DGbKAI

 

Sony DSC-RX100 V

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2D8JMN3

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2l5wkSM

 

Canon EOS M6

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2BZfqx6

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2D8EK2T



Lenses:

Aside of your camera brand and sensor size the preferred street and documentary focal lengths are between a 21mm and 50mm equivalent field of view in classic 35mm full frame terms. These focal lengths will ensure a realistic perspective similar to how we see with the human eyes. Weather sealing is an advantage and faster aperture lenses are not a must but will be at an advantage in low light situations.




Co-Host Matt Hart can be found on his Fujiholics media sites:

Web: www.Fujiholics.com

Twitter: @Fujiholics

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/fujiholics/

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter

 


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #9 | PPN | December 18th, 2017

Dec 18, 2017 01:00:45

Description:

On this episode #9 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for December 2017, Marco invited guest co-host Joseph Linaschke, also known as PhotoJoseph on social media, to discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by: COSYSPEED and PhotoShelter

 

Joseph introduces himself and shares why and when he switched to mirrorless cameras for his professional work.

 

Panasonic announced a new camera. The LUMIX DC G9 has the latest 20.3 MPix m4/3 sensor (same as GH5 but tweaked and improved jpg image processing quality. It shoots up to 20 fps with continuous AF and its 5-axis sensor stabilization reduces shake up to 6.5 stops (it supports Dual IS, too). It has 225 AF points and an AF point selector joystick. The EVF has a huge magnification of 0.83x OLED EVF with 3.68 Mio dots next to a 3” fully articulating tilt-screen. Images can be stored on two UHS-II SD card slots. And connectivity options include HDMI, Mic, Headphone, Flash Sync, USB3, wired remote and WiFi 802.11ac standard. It shoots video in UHD 4K 60fps using the full sensor without an extra video crop.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2AYk4hr

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2yKV9rM

 

Joseph also explained how the Panasonic LUMIX G9 compares to the LUMIX GH-5.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yL4no4

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2k5LUhw

 

And they talked about some of the other cameras from the Panasonic LUMIX lineup like the

G7: B&H https://bhpho.to/2yL3rjz  Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2BzTAmg

G85: B&H https://bhpho.to/2AYRJI6  Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2ziSitN

GX85: B&H https://bhpho.to/2yKLEZX  Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2owB5Kb

 

Panasonic also announced the Leica DG Elmarit 200mm f2.8 OIS Tele Prime lens with a 400mm equivalent FOV in 35mm terms. It supports Dual IS and has 3 linear motors for speed. There is also a 1.4 TC available to boost the range up to a 560mm FOV in 35mm terms. The lens is also freeze proof and weather sealed

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2AZDfaT

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2yMLAZG

 

Leica announced the compact CL camera. It’s and L-mount camera with a 24 MPix APS-C sensor. And compared to the Leica TL2, which heavily relies on a touchscreen menu control operation, the Leica CL is a bit more conventional with two exposure dials, a 4 way-controller and a few physical buttons. The CL also has a built-in EVF with 2.36 Mio dots (this has to be purchased as an extra attachment for the TL) and it has a small “current settings” LCD on top next to the shutter release. The rear LCD is also touch sensitive.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2AYmKeZ

 

Leica also released the Noctilux-M 75mm f1.25 ASPH lens. This lens will offer a very shallow depth of field and should produce an amazing bokeh. The Minimum focus distance is 85cm or 3 ft, but the weight of approximately 1kg or 2.3 pounds is quite massive.

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yKT5jN

 

Sigma introduced the new 16mm f1.4 DC DN lens that will be shipping now for Sony APS-C (classic 24mm FOV with f1.4) and m4/3 cameras (32mm FOV equivalent). It has a stepping motor for fast and silent AF that should work well for still as well as video work. It’s dust and splash proof and has 9 rounded aperture blades for a circular bokeh wide open. The lens is also treated with an advanced lens coating to minimize flare and ghosting. The lens weighs 405g or 14.3 oz

B&H: https://bhpho.to/2yM5vrD

Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2yM994B

 

 

Fujifilm updated the FW for many interchangeable lens cameras in the past month. The biggest upgrade came to the X-T2 with FW upgrade 3.0. The biggest improvement was made to the AF tracking algorithm for moving subjects. According to Fuji, it enhances the AF-C to track subjects twice as fast as previous FW as well as the ability to track moving objects up to 50% smaller than before. The FW also ads the ability to use “Fujifilm X Raw Studio”, improves radio flash controller usability, ads RGB histogram highlight warnings, and fixes a problem in Auto ISO setting with exposure compensation set to C.

 

Fuji’s FW site: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html  

 

This is the link to Joseph’s Panasonic LUMIX and GH5 training that he mentioned on the show:

http://GH5Training.com




Mirrorless question of the month:

 

Hello Scott and Marco,

I have a question for Marco. I'm in process of selling my Nikon D300s camera (way to heavy for my age and use) with the intention to get a Fujifilm X-T2. I plan to get the EF-x500 flash too, primarily for fill light for indoor shooting. However, I have read that this flash does not work well and it dies after a few uses (poor manufacturing or design flaw..!) the word is the OEM manufacturer "Nissin Digital i60A" flash does a much better job. I know from the podcast that you don't use flash much. But I wanted to know your understanding/recommendation on to which flash to get - the Fujifilm EF-x500 or Nissin Digital i60A or a different one? I'll appreciate any advice.

From: Viguen from West Hills, Ca.



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

 

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Andrea Lanzilli - 06:40 AM - Pescara, Italy (click here).

 

Co-Host Joseph Linaschke

Joseph’s Website: www.joseph.info

Joseph’s Twitter: @PhotoJoseph

Joseph’s Instagram: www.instagram.com/photojoseph

Joseph’s YouTube Channel: youtube.com/photojoseph

Joseph’s Panasonic LUMIX and GH5 training: http://GH5Training.com

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Q&A #7 | PPN | December 8th, 2017

Dec 8, 2017 39:51

Description:

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #7 for December 2017.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

PhotoShelter

This episode is sponsored by PhotoShelter - Please use this link for a 14 day free trial and use our PPN listener discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save 20% at checkout for new members signing up for a regular or pro account.

 

 

Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:

 

I think rangefinder camera design is superior for use with filters, because focus mechanism is not affected by screw on filters. However, how do rangefinder shooters use graduated or split ND filter? Do they use only screw on type and then compose the scene to be split right down the middle? Thanks!

Question from: Garlo in Irvine, California

 

Hi Scott and Marco, Hi! I have a problem that I am struggling with. I have an Olympus OMD EM10 MK1 and i have noticed that if i take a photo with a lot of contrast the highlights seem to get burnt out if i try and expose for the darks. I am saving files in jpeg format. I also have a Nikon D7000 that seems to cope OK although I do save files in raw with this camera. Is there something i can do in the settings to try and help with this or is it because of the micro 4 3rds sensor on the older EM10? Cheers!

Question from: Rob from Dorset, England

 

Link to the Aurora HDR 2018 software (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings: https://macphun.evyy.net/c/420516/185399/3255?u=https%3A%2F%2Faurorahdr.com

 

Hi Scott, Hi Marco, thanks for your great show. I always listen to it during my walks ! I've got a question regarding the size of the single autofocus point. In the center of the frame, I can select a focus point which provides "phase detection" and "contrast detection". I can increase the size of this point. Does this mean that these phase and contrast detection methods rely on a scalable number of pixels only, or do they or one of them rely on a physical detector and in this case what is the advantage of increasing the size ? I'm using a fuji x-t2. Thank you and bye/bis bald

Question from: Laurence from Rennes, France

 

This may be a rather simple question with a complex answer, but a friend and I are both considering the switch to Fuji and I know both of you use or have used Fuji cameras. Do you use a RAW developer and subsequent processing software or do you use the out of camera jpegs and no RAW at all with software for minor changes? I'm primarily interested in B&W whereas my friend shoots more color.

Question from: Jim in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

 

How confident should I feel about my computer being able to read my Nikon and Fuji raw files in say 20 years time? Thanks for the show guys !

Question from: Warwick from Melbourne, Australia

 

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.


For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

Camera and Inspiration #8 | PPN | November 30th, 2017

Nov 30, 2017 47:00

Description:

Camera and Inspiration #8 | PPN | November 30th, 2017

 

This is episode #8 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for November 2017.

 

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Marco invites Martin Waltz as a guest for this camera & inspiration episode. Martin is a renowned photographer from Berlin and is best known for his street photography. He has won many international photo awards and his images have been featured on exhibitions worldwide. He also teaches individual and group photo workshops in Berlin.

 

Martin picks this month inspirational photographer: Daido Moriyama (born 1938 in Osaka) is a Japanese photographer known for showing the dark sides of urban life of undocumented parts in cities but mainly in Tokyo. He studied photography and moved to Tokyo in 1961. His work was influenced by William Klein, Shomei Tomatsu, and Jack Kerouac. You can see some of his images here: https://www.moriyamadaido.com/en/

 

In the main part of this episode, Marco and Martin discuss different aspects of the topic: “Why should one produce an image series in photography instead of producing a collection of single images and how to approach a photographic series.”

 

Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Children” - by Sebastiao Salgado.

Amazon Germany: http://amzn.to/2Af6DsA

TASCHEN US: https://www.taschen.com/pages/en/catalogue/photography/all/05317/facts.sebastio_salgado_children.htm


Here are the links to Martin’s work and social media accounts:

Web: https://streetberlin.net

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/martinuwaltz

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/streetberlin/

Twitter:  https://twitter.com/streetberlin

Berlin 1020 Kollektiv:  https://berlin1020.com/

Stories on Violence with Dirk Könnecke: https://violens.org/en/

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #8 | PPN | November 23rd, 2017

Nov 24, 2017 17:25

Description:

More Gear Show #8 | PPN | November 23rd, 2017

 

The More Gear Show topic this month is: Thoughts on fast m4/3 lenses, the “holy trinity” - 3 Olympus f1.2 PRO lenses.

 

Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter

Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website

You’ll find a visual presentation of these show notes here: https://spark.adobe.com/page/hYCV2mCdSM9Lm/

 

If you hear the phrase “holy trinity” applied to photography, it means a selection of prime lenses with a wide, a standard, and a medium telephoto focal length. Depending on the type of photography you do, you may never need any other lens.

Olympus has just announced two new lenses that join the already shipping Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 25mm f/1.2 PRO Lens to form their new trinity.

All of these lenses are fast, f/1.2 lenses. They all come with a manual focus clutch. All three render your images with an almost 3D quality. They all are the beneficiaries of the Olympus Z-Nano coating so flare is well-controlled. All three are MSC (Movie & Still Compatible) All of them have the same size front filter thread at 62mm. All offer what Olympus calls “Feathered Bokeh.” All three are splash proof, dust proof, freeze proof. All offer very fast autofocus. The trio comes with a programmable lens function button and a lens hood is included in the box. (The lens hoods are interchangeable amongst the three lenses.) And one last critical point - unlike DSLR lenses at f/1.2, anyone can focus these new primes - even wide open.

Let’s take a quick look at each of these lenses:

 

Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 17mm f/1.2 PRO Lens

The wide angle-of-view coupled with shallow depth-of-field make this the ideal lens for environmental portraits, landscapes, street, documentary or astrophotography.

It replaces a 35mm lens (equivalent) on a DSLR system and is a focal length that is always valued. It won’t be shipping until January, but I was afforded a chance to see and hold and touch and play around with a pre-production model and all I can say is WOW!

It’s much smaller than I expected it to be. How in the world the engineers at Olympus figured out the technology to make a super fast lens this small and light is a mind-blower.

It has all the features you’d expect from a pro lens (including all those listed above.) One of my favorite features is that you can close focus to 3.75 inches! That is insane - you get a .3X magnification (35mm equivalent) which in some cases will be all the macro you need.

The 17mm features a newly engineered ED-DSA lens, which Olympus says “possesses the characteristics of both an ED (Extra-low Dispersion) lens element and a DSA (Dual Super Aspherical) lens element” and is designed to mitigate chromatic aberrations and distortions.

Key specs for the 17mm lens...

Micro Four Thirds System 34mm (35mm Equivalent) Aperture Range: f/1.2 to f/16 Four ED Elements, One ED-DSA Element Super HR, EDA, and Aspherical Elements Z Coating Nano MSC High-Speed Imager AF System Internal Focusing, MF Clutch Weather-Resistant Construction Rounded Nine-Blade Diaphragm

 

Next up - the other new, fast, prime from Olympus:

Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 45mm f/1.2 PRO Lens

The new 45mm lens (90mm focal length in 35mm equivalent). is perfect for portraits. While Olympus has a 45mm f1/8 lens, it is not weather proof and can't compete with the super wide aperture of the new 45mm f/1.2.

As was the case with the 17mm lens, I was afforded a chance to see and hold and touch and play around with a pre-production model. This lens is so good that it makes me want to get back into the portrait business. I guarantee that any portrait artist using this lens to its full potential will have a serious, competitive business advantage.

Like the 17mm lens, this one feels good in the hand and is much lighter and smaller than I expected it to be. It too has a great close-focusing distance and it will ship near the end of November for about $1200.

Key specs for the 45mm lens…

Micro Four Thirds System 90mm (35mm Equivalent) Aperture Range: f/1.2 to f/16 One ED Element, One Aspherical Element Four High Refractive Index Elements Z Coating Nano MSC High-Speed Imager AF System Internal Focusing, MF Clutch Weather-Resistant Construction Rounded Nine-Blade Diaphragm

 

Lastly, the third lens in the trinity, the already shipping Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 25mm f/1.2 PRO Lens

I own the 25 f/1.2 and it is so good that I look for reasons to use it.

Let me mention the thing about this lens that impresses me most (other than the fast aperture.) This lens is SHARP. It is very sharp right out of the gate at f/1.2 and offers tack-sharp edge-to-edge sharpness by f/1.2. You can stop down further if you want, but it doesn't garner substantially more image sharpness. Olympus knows that people who will buy a f/1.2 lens want to shoot at f/1.2.

It's not big or heavy compared to similar lenses on a DSLR, but some M43 shooters will notice it's 14.5 oz. For me, it is a natural fit on my OM-D E-M1 Mark II.

The 25mm f/1.2 from Olympus is a joy to use. If the 17mm and 45mm are as good, then Olympus has a powerhouse trio that even Panasonic shooters might be tempted to buy.

Key specs for the 25mm lens…

Micro Four Thirds System 50mm (35mm Equivalent) Aperture Range: f/1.2 to f/16 Three Extra-Low Dispersion Elements One Aspherical Element, Four HR Elements Z Coating Nano MSC High-Speed Imager AF System Internal Focusing, MF Clutch Weather-Resistant Construction Rounded Nine-Blade Diaphragm

 

CONCLUSION

The holy trinity of lenses for any particular brand is often the most popular set of lenses for those starting out in photography. Experienced photographers often encourage new photographers to seek out focal lengths resembling what the holy trinity offers.

If you’re obsessed with DOF, you want to get the best bokeh. Many companies make super fast lenses, but most photographers who use these lenses either have trouble focusing them or they have to stop down at least one stop (maybe two) to get the lens’ best performance. That is not the case with the new holy trinity - Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 17mm F1.2 PRO Lens - the new Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 45mm f/1.2 PRO Lens and the already shipping Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 25mm f/1.2 PRO Lens. They all offer great image quality - even wide open. They offer fantastic and beautiful bokeh but still capture all the fine foreground details you want.

If I wasn't a bird photographer, I'd be tempted to buy these three lenses and call it good. For many of you, they would help you achieve almost any photographic goal and help you do it in style. Highly recommended.

DISCLAIMER: Crop factor and the associated focal length multiplier only affects field of view (FOV). I prefer to reference this as effective focal length (EFL) but others use FOV. Feel free to use whichever term you like. Also please note that I am an Olympus Visionary. My opinions are my own, but in case you might think I have been influenced by my affiliation with Olympus, I wanted to disclose it.

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

Q&A #6 | PPN | November 16th, 2017

Nov 17, 2017 30:06

Description:

This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #6 for November 2017.

 

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

This episode is sponsored by B&H - Please use our B&H affiliate link: https://bhpho.to/2hpGGPI

 

 

Here are the questions that Marco answers on this episode:

1.

I am currently looking for a versatile mirrorless camera system. As I want to get into indoor sports photography (Basketball and ice hockey) I need a setup that is good enough to handle the task. What do I need to look out for and what are your recommendations?

from Keith in Toronto, Canada

 

2.

Hi Scott and Marco, I have heard Marco talk about interior real estate photography in a previous show and would like to get a bit more info on how to tackle this task. I have given it a try but I have not been happy with the results that I get from my Nikon D800 and SB910 system flash. Any suggestions on what I can do to improve my results?

from Sandra in Sydney, Australia

Link to the Aurora HDR 2018 software: https://macphun.evyy.net/c/420516/185399/3255?u=https%3A%2F%2Faurorahdr.com

Please use the discount code "photopodcasts" at checkout for a rebate. 

 

3.

Hi, can you please explain how to use the function button that is on lenses. Also, please include how you personally use. Thanks

from Bill in De Soto, Missouri

 

4.

Hi, I want every bit of light my Nikon 200-500 zoom will capture. Does my UV filter reduce light reaching the sensor significantly?

from Richard in New Jersey

 

5.

I want to start getting my photographs printed so I can sell them on my website and art shows, but the question is where? I have tried a couple of labs and the consistency is not there. Do you use a local lab or a national lab?

from Allen in Houston, Texas

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.


For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam


For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

We Shoot Mirrorless #8 | PPN | November 8th, 2017

Nov 9, 2017 43:30

Description:

On this episode #8 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for November 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by B&H: https://bhpho.to/2htc5AL

 

Scott shares his experiences from visit Photo Plus Expo in New York and Marco talks about his 48h trip to Berlin.

 

Sony announced a new camera. The a7rIII 42MP full frame camera comes with some nice speed, shutter and battery improvements.

https://bhpho.to/2hrBlXX

 

Sony also announced two new lenses for their mirrorless E mount. The Sony FE 24-105 f4 G OSS lens is a fairly light and versatile zoom. And the FE 400mm f2.8 GM OSS is still in development and is expected to launch in summer 2018.

https://bhpho.to/2Aw4Bk0

 

Olympus announced two new fast prime lenses from their PRO lineup. According to Scott and some early reviewers the M.ZUIKO Digital ED 17mm F1.2 PRO and M.ZUIKO Digital ED 45mm F1.2 PRO will be game changers for their light gathering and shallow depth of field and bokeh. The lenses can be pre-ordered now.

17mm f1.2: https://bhpho.to/2htbn6z

45mm f1.2: https://bhpho.to/2AvF4aM

 

Canon introduced the PowerShot G1 X Mark III. It is a fixed zoom lens camera that has a 24 MP APS-C sensor with dual pixel AF and Digic 7 processor and a fixed 24-72mm equivalent zoom lens with the fastest aperture between f2.8-5.6. It shoots bursts of up to 9fps and can record video at 1080/60p video. It weighs only 400g or 14oz and is like a fixed zoom lens version of the EOS M5 interchangeable lens camera.

https://bhpho.to/2hs5PJw

 

Hasselblad adds two new lenses to their lens roadmap. The XCD 80mm (63mm FF equivalent - aperture is still unknown) and the XCD 135mm f2.8 plus a dedicated 1.7x teleconverter.

http://www.hasselblad.com/lenses/x-system

 

Hasselblad has released a firmware update for the X1D.  This FW 1.19  update adds more options to make the camera more overall more customizable. They have also added support for V system lenses.

 

Leica now offers their 28mm full frame fixed focal length Leica Q camera in a silver edition.

https://bhpho.to/2AvDCVQ

 

Leica has resurrected the old Thambar-M 90mm f2.2 lens. A classic lens from the 1930s that is known for its extremely soft and blurry images and bubbly bokeh wide open. The main difference to the traditional model is that it comes with an M instead of a screw mount.

https://bhpho.to/2htvl0O

 

Fujifilm announced a square format Instax printer. The Share SP-3 SQ prints to the Instax square instant film and can print directly from your Fuji X camera or it can be used as a printer connected to your computer or smartphone. Each print takes about 13 seconds and each battery charge is good for about 160 prints.

https://bhpho.to/2Aw2Mnv

 

Nikon closes its camera and lens factory in China where about 2500 workers are employed. Nikon blames the rise of smartphones for this drastic step. Nikon also seizes their camera sales in Brazil.



Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi Scott and Marco, I’m a new listener and love your approach to do different topic shows in your feed each month. I am currently a Canon 5D MK III shooter and you guys have convinced me that I can switch to mirrorless cameras without sacrificing IQ.

I do mainly portrait and travel photography and I’m wondering if I could get away with buying a less expensive mirrorless camera (i.e. Olympus E-M10 MK II, Fuji X-A3 or Sony a6000) and rather spend extra money on pro-grade lenses?

Would I lose AF speed, accuracy, or IQ on those lower end models compared to the higher end ones?

Jim from Valdosta, Georgia

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Evan Gearing "Sand Falls” (click here)



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Camera and Inspiration #7 | PPN | October 30th, 2017

Oct 30, 2017 53:17

Description:

This is episode #7 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for October 2017.

 

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Marco invited Valérie Jardin as a guest for this camera & inspiration episode. Valérie Jardin is a wonderful photographer, she is probably best known on social media for her street photography, she teaches photo workshops all over the world, is an author, a speaker, a podcaster and a camera brand ambassador.

 

Valérie picks this month inspirational photographer: André Kertész (1894 - 1985) was born in Hungary and is known as a groundbreaking contributor to photographic composition and the photo essay. He experimented with new camera angles and styles and that prevented his work from receiving recognition at that time. Today he is considered one of the pioneers of photojournalism. You can see some of his images here: https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/gallery/2014/nov/11/andre-kertesz-hungarian-photographer-in-pictures

 

In the main part of this episode, Marco and Valeérie discuss the vision, concept, struggles and helpful tips when producing a photo book - or any physical collection from your body of work that is to be displayed as a common project like an exhibition.

 

Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Street Photography - Creative Vision Behind the Lens” by Valerie Jardin.

 

Amazon Germany: http://amzn.to/2xCsWDW

Amazon US: http://a.co/60BPohV

 

Here are the links to Valérie’s work and social media accounts:

Web: www.valeriejardin.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/valeriejardinphotography

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/valeriejardin/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/valeriejardin

iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/hit-streets-valerie-jardin/id1155913704

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #7 | PPN | October 23rd, 2017

Oct 24, 2017 16:44

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: Prime v. Zoom Lenses

 

Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter

Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website


You’ll find a visual presentation of these show notes here:

https://spark.adobe.com/page/pNsx6L2onZBBB/


Prime v. Zoom Lenses. It's one of those age-old battles like Mac v. PC, or Xbox v. Playstation. While it's a subject that brings out passionate views from both sides, my goal in this presentation is not to take sides, but to give photographers a basic primer on the two types of lenses so that they can make better informed buying decisions. I do have my own opinions and will share them. At the end of this presentation, I will mention some of the lenses I use.

For those who are new to all this, a prime lens is merely a fixed focal length lens. It just means that unlike your 70-200mm zoom lens that allows you to use focal lengths between 70mm and 200mm, a prime lens will only shoot at a fixed length. Some common prime lens lengths are 24mm, 35mm 50mm, 85mm, 100mm, 200mm, etc.

 

Here’s a rundown of the main advantages prime lenses have over zooms…

 

Prime lenses tend to be “faster” than zooms. What I mean by that is that they have a larger aperture (lower f-stop number) and allow more light into the camera.

 

Prime lenses tend to be sharper because they tend to have fewer optical compromises. Zooms require more lens elements and moving parts which could impact sharpness.

 

Prime lenses are typically smaller and lighter than their zoom-lens equals.

 

Prime lenses force you to think more about composition since you can’t just zoom your way out of a problem.

 

Prime lenses (at least the great ones) may offer you more control over your photography. They have features like depth-of-field scales (used for hyper focal distance calculations) or aperture rings.

 

There are three primary disadvantages to all these features…

 

You have less flexibility. You have to buy and carry more lenses to achieve coverage of the same focal lengths. Good prime lenses can be expensive.

 

The basics of zoom lenses…

 

A zoom lens is a mechanical assembly of lens elements for which the focal length (and thus angle of view) can be varied, as opposed to a fixed focal length lens.

The main advantage of zoom lenses is flexibility. You can carry just one lens that covers a wide range of focal lengths.

 

As for which is better, primes or zooms, the answer is (as it always in with photography) IT DEPENDS. It depends on what you want to accomplish, your skill level, the type of photography you practice and your budget.

 

As for my own preferences, I generally prefer primes. When I have a choice, I shoot with primes, but there are indeed times when I want a zoom lens. They are affordable, flexible, convenient and versatile. The Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 40-150mm f/2.8 PRO Lens is one of my favorite zoom lenses for bird photography. There are times when it is just the best choice. Otherwise, I tend to use my Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 300mm f/4 IS PRO Lens and may use the Olympus M.Zuiko Digital MC-14 1.4x Teleconverter when I need more reach.

 

I almost photograph birds exclusively using these lenses with one exception. When I am at places in the Alligator Farm or Gatorland and I can get very close, I will use a lightweight zoom lens, the Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 12-100mm f/4 IS PRO Lens which is great for hand-held flight shots when the birds are close.

 

Conclusion

Everything in photography involves a trade off. Zooms typically have more flaws than prime lenses but primes are more expensive and you have to carry more of them. Even though I prefer primes, I am NOT saying you shouldn’t buy a zoom lens. As you can see, I do own two myself. And the good news is that today's zooms are better than ever before.

I do believe (especially for those shooting video or those who need super telephoto lenses) that a very fast prime lens is the best way to go, if budget allows. Your mileage may vary.

 

If you are unsure of which way to go, my advice is to rent before you buy and put each lens you're considering through its paces. Decide if it's right for you and then pull the trigger.



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

We Shoot Mirrorless #7 | PPN | October 13th, 2017

Oct 13, 2017 49:44

Description:

On this episode #7 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for October 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Scott has bought the iPhone 8 Plus and tells us what he thinks about the camera and features.

https://bhpho.to/2ziapxR

 

After using the Olympus TG-5 for a month, Scott shares how he likes using this camera.

https://bhpho.to/2ziapxR

 

GoPro announced the new Hero 6 Black camera. The action camera now features 4K 60P video, 12MP Photos at 30 fps, has enhanced dynamic range, improved image stabilization and better low light performance.

https://bhpho.to/2z2dp0i

 

GoPro also added a cool new 360° action camera to their setup. The GoPro 5.2K 360° Fusion camera captures 18MP still images with a 360° field of view. It has a gimbal-like image stabilization and 360° microphone built in. And the overcapture mode creates some really cool effects.

https://shop.gopro.com/cameras/fusion/CHDHZ-101.html

 

Fuji adds two new lenses to their GFX medium format camera lens lineup. The GF 45mm f2.8 R WR and GF 80mm  f2.8 R LM OIS WR Macro lens both feature Dust & Weather sealing and have Nano GI coating. The 80mm Macro has a 1:1 magnification and also features a Fluorine coating on the front element to make it less prone to smudging - a feature that we would like to see on all lenses in the future.

GF 45mm f2.8 R WR: https://bhpho.to/2zjBEbs

GF 80mm  f2.8 R LM OIS WR Macro: https://bhpho.to/2zhrzLY

 

Fuji is running a GFX promotion in Europe. Save up to EUR 1.300 if you purchase a GFX plus lens between October 1st, 2017 and January 15th, 2018. And this time you don’t have to trade in a qualifying camera.

https://bhpho.to/2z1Mguu

 

Fujifilm will soon offer a software called Fujifilm X Raw Studio that will enable you to use the nice in-camera Raw to jpg engine from your Mac or PC when you attach the camera via USB to your computer. The software should be available in late November 2017.

http://www.fujifilm.com/news/n170907_08.html

 

Profoto is expanding their Air Remote TTL and HSS capable wireless flash transmitters to work with many mirrorless cameras. They now offer versions for mirrorless Olympus, Sony and are about to release a version that works with Fuji cameras.

https://bhpho.to/2zhEMVa

 

Sony has released a FW update for their a9 mirrorless camera. FW version 1.10 improves image quality and fixes some problems like disappearing RAW images when transferring images to certain smartphones.

https://www.sony.com.au/electronics/support/e-mount-body-ilce9-series/ilce-9

 

Marco shares a feature from the Nikon D850 that he would like to see incorporated in future mirrorless cameras, too. Nikon offers a film scan adapter that not only allows you to scan your film negatives in high quality with a single exposure, it also converts the negative image into a positive straight inside the camera. Two thumbs up from Marco for this feature.

https://bhpho.to/2z26Gn5



Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi Scott and Marco, I am a long time listener of your podcasts and have made the full switch from Nikon DSLR’s to Fuji mirrorless cameras (sorry Scott) ;) last year. I’m currently using a Fuji X-T2 and X-T 20 and have the XF 50-140mm f2.8 lens for my zoom work. Inspired by Scott’s recent PPN - More Gear Show episode about TC’s, I am now considering the purchase of a 1.4x or 2x TC. But a photographer friend has told me, that TC are not a good idea on crop sensor cameras, as there is already an artificial crop happening on the sensor. And the IQ will degrade drastically stronger than on a cropped FF camera. He suggests that I’d rather invest in the Fuji XF 100-400mm f4.5 - 5.6 lens. What do you think?

Thanks so much for all of the great shows each month!

Johan from Uppsala, Sweden



We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Jose Matutina - “Fisherman by the Angry Sea” (click here)



Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Q&A #5 | PPN | October 6th, 2017

Oct 6, 2017 41:53

Description:

Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

Host Scott Bourne: @ScottBourne

Co-Host Rick Sammon: @ricksammon

Rick’s website: www.ricksammon.com

B&H link: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Here are the questions that Scott and Rick answer on this episode:

 

1. Would like to ask, how do you get better at composition? Seems like such a talent I don’t have.

From Carlos Rivera‏ On Twitter



2. What’s the biggest mistake that people moving from film to digital photography make?

From Dave in Tulsa, OK



3. Do you shoot JPEG or RAW and Lightroom or ???

From Aaron‏ on Twitter



4. How do you avoid getting red eye? I saw some on the forums saying use the red-eye reduction mode but my camera doesn’t have that.

From Susan in Evansville, IN



5. How do you go about shooting in harsh sunlight?

From Stephanie Rodham on Twitter



6. Why do some portrait photographers choose continuous (hot)lights v. strobe?

From Alex in San Francisco, CA



7. Have any tips for shooting fast moving objects/ sports?

From Ryan Simonovich‏ on Twitter



8. How do you get your portrait subjects to relax?

From Phil in Edmonton, Alberta



9. Why can I not get the same picture in my camera as in my head?

From Russ Scullen‏ on Twitter



10. What motivates you to continue taking pictures economically, politically, intellectually or emotionally?

From Edward in Boise, ID



11. Why don’t camera manufacturers built camera bases with the Area Swiss plate built into the base?  I see lots of questions on forums asking “what plate to buy”- why not build it into the camera, save the extra bulk/weight/cost?  And many m43 cameras are not deemed worthy of a custom plate, leading to problems accessing batteries//cards when using generic plates.

From Rick Fee


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

Camera and Inspiration #6 | PPN | September 28th, 2017

Sep 29, 2017 36:46

Description:

This is episode #6 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for September 2017.

 

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Marco picks this month inspirational photographer: Gerda Taro (1910 - 1937) is known as the first female war photographer. She learned photography in her exile city of Paris, from a man that she fell in love with and who later called himself Robert Capa. They both passionately photographed during the Spanish civil war 1936. They wanted to fight with their cameras for the republic and against Franco and his regime. Many of the photos that were published under Capa’s name were actually captured by Taro. But at the time they were able to sell the images better under Capa’s name. That’s the reason why Gerda Taro was forgotten by history for many years. She died during a photo reportage in the Spanish civil war in 1937 and should be remembered for her contribution in documenting this event and most likely even for making Robert Capa famous and successful.

 

Marco shares some of his experiences after the tips that Scott gave us on the previous episode on how to become better at bird photography.

 

After the recent Hurricanes Harvey and Irma and wildfires that affected regions where a lot of PPN listeners live, we decided on doing a feature on protecting your most valuable possessions regarding your photography - your valuable images. Product tip: Start with recent SD cards: https://bhpho.to/2fzP4ej

 

What should you do in order to protect your images in camera or while you are on the road? Product tip: WD My Passport Wireless Pro USB 3.0 https://bhpho.to/2wYguSA

 

How can you establish a safe and efficient workflow when transferring your images to your productive environment at home or in your studio. What are some options to get a fast productive setup if you don’t have the budget to go all SSD for work speed? Product tip: Icy Dock ICYRaid 2-Bay USB 3.0 RAID Enclosure: https://bhpho.to/2wXmTNL

 

How to back up on location and how to store on location that you have a minimum layer of protection for your images? Product tip: WD 4TB My Book Desktop USB 3.0 External Hard Drive: https://bhpho.to/2fB06QE

 

What are different options to get a good offsite backup stored securely outside of your house or town? Product tip: Synology DiskStation DS216-II 2-Bay NAS Enclosure: https://bhpho.to/2wWOLSq

 

Scott’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Portraits by Steve McCurry”

http://de.phaidon.com/store/photography/steve-mccurry-portraits-2nd-edition-9780714865379/#tab-2

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #6 | PPN | September 23rd, 2017

Sep 25, 2017 17:57

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is:

Using Teleconverters - The Basics.

 

Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter

Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website


You’ll find a visual presentation of these show notes here: https://spark.adobe.com/page/CabgCmTh8kpH5/


Introduction

A teleconverter (sometimes called tele extender or TC) is a secondary lens which is mounted between the camera and a photographic lens. Its job is to enlarge the central part of an image. They usually come in two lengths, 1.4 and 2X. These numbers represent the multiplier effect of the teleconverter. For instance, a 1.4 TC on a 100mm lens would make that lens operate like a 140mm lens. A 2X TC on the same lens would make that lens operate like a 200mm lens.

As I’ve grown older, I have come to rely on teleconverters. In the past, I've had a love/hate relationship with them. When I was a young man and dead broke, I used them to try to get more focal length and hated the results. Then again, when I was young, the quality of the average teleconverter was horrible and my technique not much better.

Now, decades later, teleconverters from manufacturers like Olympus are very, very good. (There are other good teleconverters from other manufacturers but I mention Olympus because I am most familiar with them.)

With the advent of higher-quality TCs and practice, I have come to the conclusion that with proper technique, and a super sharp lens to connect with the teleconverter, this gear can deliver sharp, pleasing image quality. The caveats are that you start with quality glass and use a properly matched teleconverter, i.e., one made by the same company that manufactures your lens. While technically, other brands may work, in my opinion, best practices require a properly matched converter.

Proper technique is also really important. For those who only use long lenses occasionally, it's very hard to develop good technique. When I teach at bird photography workshops the first thing I tend to note with new students is their assumption that their expensive telephoto lens will be all they need to get a good, sharp image. If only that were true.

You really need to practice with long lenses and get your technique down. Use a sturdy tripod, and preferably a gimbal head if you're shooting with DSLRs. (Mirrorless shooters may be able to hand hold but a tripod and gimbal are always nice perks if you can afford them.) Place your feet shoulder-width apart, press your eye firmly to the back of your camera and drape your arm over the center of gravity on the lens. If you're making any sort of image other than a static, locked down image, and you're using a modern lens, go ahead and turn on IS. (Check your camera/lens manual to see if your stabilization works on a tripod.) These are minimum techniques for good image making with long telephoto lenses. I use a 1.4 TC on my Olympus camera. In the past I worked with a 2X teleconverter. Once you add that 2x TC to the equation, it only gets harder. When you use a 2X teleconverter you magnify EVERY mistake you make for all to see.

When you use a teleconverter you will end up short a stop or two of light. A 1.4 TC will cost you one stop of light and a 2X TC will cost you two stops of light. Most people already know that. What few people talk about is that you may also lose autofocus or at least autofocus speed. You may also lose some of your autofocus points. (My Olympus camera doesn't suffer from this problem but most do.) If you’re shooting with an older camera and lenses slower than f/2.8 pay attention to this.

I want to clear up a misconception. I have seen many photographers flatly state that teleconverters don’t offer autofocus on lenses slower than f/2.8. While this may be true for a majority of cameras its not true with some of the more modern high-end cameras.

Even if your camera can autofocus using a teleconverter, remember you will also be penalized by slightly slower autofocus acquisition. It is lens, body and situation dependent but it is something to know. I am lucky in that on my Olympus OM-D E-M1 Mark II, paired to the Olympus M.Zuiko Digital MC-14 1.4x Teleconverter this isn't a real issue. I don't notice any difference.

Back when I shot on DSLRs, a 400mm f/4 lens with a 1.4TC (EFL of 560mm at f/5.6 due to the one stop of light lost to the TC) will not yield autofocus that is as fast as a 600mm f/5.6 lens without the TC. The gaps grow closer every year and it’s much less of a problem with new gear. Older cameras/lenses/converters will be more likely to manifest slower AF acquisition.


USE CASES

It’s possible to use TCs with any variety of lens and camera combinations (check your owner's’ manual to make sure your camera and lens pairing is compatible.) Some photographers are even able to stack two teleconverters (a 1.4 TC plus a 2X TC) to get even more reach. I have never tried this but you may want to. (Put the 2X on the camera, attach a 12mm extension tube to the 2X TC and then attach a 1.4 TC to the 12mm extension tube.)

When I attach a teleconverter I tend to attach the TC to the lens first and THEN to the camera. On some cameras, this seems to make a big difference in how well the TC talks to both the lens and the camera, in terms of autofocus speed and also in terms of metering. Consider this a best practice just to be safe.

With my desire to shoot long lenses I am constantly battling the need for big, heavy glass with the need for something that isn’t too expensive and that I can more easily carry. I have increasingly moved to using teleconverters and with practice, most photographers will find this is a reasonable compromise.

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

Q&A #4 | PPN | September 15th, 2017

Sep 15, 2017 52:00

Description:

On the PPN Q&A show, we answer our listener questions about photography related topics.

Submit your photography related questions here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html

 

Host Marco Larousse

Marco’s Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com

Marco’s Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

Co-Host Joseph Linaschke

Joseph’s Website: www.joseph.info

Joseph’s Twitter: @PhotoJoseph

Joseph’s Instagram: www.instagram.com/photojoseph

Joseph’s YouTube Channel: youtube.com/photojoseph

Joseph’s current contest: http://www.photojoseph.com/contest

 

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Here are the questions that Marco and Joseph answer on this episode:

 

Hi - I just picked up the "Copyright Zone" by Ed Greenberg and Ed Reznicki. In your respective workflows, do you register your images prior to or after "Post" processing? Thanks!

From Brian in Portland, Oregon

 

I have a question inspired by your recent podcast about lenses. What are the pros and cons of using a 70-200mm f/2.8 zoom with a 2x teleconverter instead of using a 100-400mm f/4.5-5.6 zoom? In particular, is there likely to be any significant difference when shooting each lens at the longest focal length? Thanks.

From James in Chandler, Arizona

 

What advice would you give for how to go about selecting a good lens hood for a reasonable price? How about hoods for kit or zoom lenses? Will my old DSLR lens hoods work with my new micro 4/3 lenses? Thanks.

From Curtis in Franklin, Tennessee

 

Hi. As a hobbyist photographer posting photographs on social media. What do you do if someone asked if they can buy one of them. Especially if the are from another part of the world. Is it worth the hassle or should you just send them a high res file by email and ask them to make a donation to their favourite charity. Love the shows!

From Rob in the U.K.

 

Hi - I was thinking of buying the EE-1 Dot Sight for use with my 40-150 Pro Zuiko, which I sometimes extend using the Zuiko 1.4x teleconverter. Have you had any experience with the Dot Sight? What do you think? BTW I enjoy the Mirrorless show. Thanks!

From David in Toronto, Canada

 

I'm thinking of purchasing a monopod but before I do I wondered if you could give an opinion on: Will it work ok for slow shutter (I like to blur water falls) or should I stick to a tripod for this? Should I use image stabilization or switch it off as with a tripod? I guess I'm wondering how much a monopod can replace a tripod. The camera is a Fuji XT1 Thanks in advance!

From Keith in Belfast, Northern Ireland

 

I enjoyed your recent podcast on lenses. Very useful advice. Many raw processors (e.g. DXO) try to correct some flaws in lenses via computational algorithms. Corrections include distortion, vignetting, chromatic aberration, and fringing. Does this computational approach reduce the value of expensive lenses relative to cheaper alternatives? Thanks!

From Dan in Neilson, Florida

 

Hi, I do a lot of long exposure landscape photography where I shoot at f11 or higher aperture. As you can imagine dust specs are a problem in these shot. My camera does have a sensor cleaning function, but that does not get rid of all of the dust specs. What is the best way to clean my sensor?

From Michael in Melbourne, Australia


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

We Shoot Mirrorless #6 | PPN | September 7th, 2017

Sep 8, 2017 43:34

Description:

On this episode #6 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for September 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

 

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Olympus released the new OM-D E-M10 III with mechanical and digital image stabilization even when shooting 4K video. The new camera also gained more AF points, bigger dials and a beginner friendlier user interface. https://bhpho.to/2wJP5Co

 

Fujifilm released the new X-E3 with a 24 MPix APS-C X-Trans sensor, 4K video, touch LCD and Bluetooth connectivity. But it still does not have a tilt-LCD… https://bhpho.to/2wayq7t



Canon upgraded its entry level EOS M10 mirrorless camera with the new Canon EOS M100 model. It gains a 24 MPix APS-C sensor, a Digic 7 processor and 6 fps burst shooting at a very affordable price. https://bhpho.to/2wJEGX9

 

Ricoh has upgraded its popular and very compact 360° Theta camera with the new Theta V. The new model has a much faster processor to allow for 4K video along with 14MPix stiched still images. And the camera has a cool optional 3D mic (Ricoh TA-1) available for a more realistic 360° audio experience.

Theta V 360° 4K camera: https://bhpho.to/2waKLIw

Ricoh TA-1 3D Microphone for THETA V 360 camera: https://bhpho.to/2wJJkoh

 

DJI upgraded the Mavic Pro with a new Mavic Pro Platinum model. According to DJI the upgraded drone has an increased flight time of 11% (from 27 to 30 minutes) and is up to 60% quieter in flight than the previous model! https://bhpho.to/2waQP45

 

Panasonic announced the promised FW 2.0 update for the Lumix GH5 (https://bhpho.to/2wJtfi8) camera and added a few extra features that were not previously announced. THe FW 2.0 should be ready for download by the end of September 2017.

 

Hasselblad released a FW 1.17.2 update for their medium format mirrorless X1D-50c camera (https://bhpho.to/2wb3CDl) that adds the option of electronic shutter that operates between 1/10.000s and 68 minutes. They have also added the option to chose between 3 resizable AF points that allow for a focus point grid of 35 AF points for the largest and 117 AF points for the smallest AF point settings.


Mirrorless question of the month:

Hi Scott / Marco, absolutely love your show. Here is my question: If I want to get into wildlife photography, which entry-level mirrorless camera would you recommend for someone coming from DSLR?

Why I'm asking: it's not clear for me if the Olympus E-M10 II as the E-M1's smaller sibling would be up to the task, although it doesn't have the E-M1 Mk II's phase detection AF. Would something like the Fuji X-T20 (which supports PD AF) be a better option? Looking forward to your recommendation!

Cheers, Alex Munich / Germany

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Nicolas Cazard - “Piscina” (click here)

See more of Nicolas great work on his website: www.nicolascazard.com


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

More Gear Show #5 | PPN | August 28th, 2017

Aug 29, 2017 20:58

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: A show of recent gear to review.

Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter

Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website

 

First up Oben CT-2381

https://bhpho.to/2wlOQOf

Load Capacity: 26.4 lb

Max Height: 64"

Min Height: 6.3"

Folded Length: 24.4"

Leg Sections: 3

Weight: 2.95 lb

6x Carbon Fiber Legs & Center Column

Cast Aluminum Chassis

Non-Rotating Twist Lock Legs

Retractable Spikes in Feet

 

 

Microsoft 13.5" Surface Laptop (Platinum)

https://bhpho.to/2wwtCxt

Intel 7th Gen Core i7

8GB RAM | 256GB SSD

13.5" 2256 x 1504 Multi-Touch Display

Integrated Intel Iris Plus Graphics 640

802.11ac Wi-Fi | Bluetooth 4.0 LE

USB 3.0 | Mini DP | SurfaceConnect

Alcantara Fabric-Covered Keyboard

Windows 10 S

 

Peak Design Leash & Cuff

https://bhpho.to/2wcwr47

New Anchors hold 200lb but cord half the old thickness better for small cameras. Angled makes em easier to install.

Anchor Mount wear as cross body sling.

New adjustment loop

New adjuster on the cuff Open, cinch down on wrist - magnetic cuff

New materials

Black or Ash color (tan leather accent)

 

New all aluminum anodized hardware

New low-profile dual aluminum/Hypalon quick-adjustment system

Anchor connectors revamped - more secure, fast, and lower profile than ever  

New low-profile Anchor Mount for varying your strap configuration

New ultra-smooth twist-resistant nylon webbing with tighter, more durable weave

Premium materials and refined aesthetics for touch/stress point

Choose from new Black and Ash color-ways

 

New all aluminum anodized hardware

New 1-handed adjusting design

Adjuster locks in open wrist loop position

Magnetic wrist lock for storing as a bracelet

Anchor connectors revamped - more secure, fast, lower profile than ever

New ultra-smooth twist resistant nylon webbing with tighter, more durable weave

Premium materials and refined aesthetics

Choose from new Black and Ash color-ways

 

Olympus STF-8 Twin Flash

https://bhpho.to/2wwq4er

 

Compatible with Olympus TTL

Twin Flash Design with Adjustable Ratios

Guide Number: 27.9' at ISO 100

Coverage: 12mm (Micro Four Thirds)

Flashes Tilt from -40 to 60°

Wireless Master TTL Functionality

Weather-Sealed Construction

Supports Advanced Camera Functions

Runs on 4 AA Batteries

Attaches to Select Olympus Lenses


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

Camera and Inspiration #5 | PPN | August 22nd, 2017

Aug 22, 2017 51:44

Description:

This is episode #5 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for August 2017

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

Scott picks this month inspirational photographer: John Paul Caponigro (born 1965 in Boston) is an American Environmental Fine Art Landscape Photographer. His unique photography crosses the lines of photography and painting. He teaches workshops on many different aspects of photography, such as printing, creativity or processing. Please check out the amazing work of John Paul on his website: http://www.johnpaulcaponigro.com On this show, Marco interviews Scott on how to become a better bird photographer. What inspired Scott to become a bird photographer? What are the basics that one has to consider when starting to get into bird photography? Where do birds like to hang out? How to get closer to the birds if you don’t have a longer lens than 200 or 300mm focal length? From what angle should a bird be photographed to get a good bird portrait? Don’t underestimate the weather conditions (sun angle and wind). Technical camera settings for birds in flight photography. What are some basic post processing tips for successful bird photos? Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Seen behind the scenes / Forty years of photographing on set / by Mary Ellen Mark” http://de.phaidon.com/store/photography/mary-ellen-mark-seen-behind-the-scene-9780714866048/

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

We Shoot Mirrorless #5 | PPN | August 14th, 2017

Aug 14, 2017 38:24

Description:

On this #5 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for August 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

The Light L16 mirrorless camera started shipping. Is computational photography the future? Canon mirrorless camera sales grew: First half unit sales of mirrorless camera grew more than 70% compared to the same period last year. Nikon 1 has not been discontinued, yet. Sad news for all fans of Bowens strobes. The UK-based lighting company is going out of business after 94 years history in the market. Fuji GFX trade in rebate turned a bit into a marketing accident. Fuji FW updates for the GFX, X100F, X-Pro2, X-T2 & X-T20. http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html Leica releases a new M10 FW update - FW version 1.9.4.0 http://us.leica-camera.com/Photography/Leica-M/Leica-M10/Downloads Serious Leica TL2 bug and the FW that fixes it http://us.leica-camera.com/Photography/Leica-TL/Leica-TL2/Downloads

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Pablo Wayne “Untitled” (click here).

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Q&A #3 | PPN | August 7th, 2017

Aug 8, 2017 47:04

Description:

On the PPN Q&A show, we answer our listener questions about photography related topics.

Host Scott Bourne: @ScottBourne

Co-Host Rick Sammon: @ricksammon

Rick’s website: www.ricksammon.com

B&H link: bit.ly/bhphotodeals

 

Here are the questions that Scott and Rick answer on this episode:

 

My internal drive is nearly full and I want to run my Lightroom catalog from an external drive. Do you have any tips or recommendations?

From Steve, Mary and Todd

 

LR is turtle slow..time to jump to another program? Is Adobe doing anything about it?

From Daniel in Brasil

 

Also, can you suggest any free or inexpensive one-time cost replacement software for iPhoto?

From Steve in Pennsylvania

 

I am trying to understand why so many cameras come with high-quality video. I think that it makes sense to shoot video on a dedicated video camera and stills on a dedicated stills camera. Am I crazy?

From Ted in Seattle, WA

 

With the advent of such high-quality image stabilization on some cameras and lenses, are tripods as valuable or as necessary as they used to be?

From Helen in San Rafael, CA

 

I would like to photograph race cars at an Indycar event. What shutter speed should I use to freeze the action?

From Theron in Washington, D.C.

 

I hear Scott say you sometimes need to “bump the focus” when photographing birds in flight and trying to get the most out of the autofocus. I think I understand but could you please explain?

From Jay in Anchorage, AK

 

I want to save my photos for uploading to portfolio web sites but all my images are too big and get rejected or take too long to upload. I am new to photography and want to find out what the best practice is for Web image optimization.

From Jarred in Ocean Shores, WA

 

I know that Rick Sammon travels all over the world and I love his portraits of people in their native lands. My question is how do you approach people from other cultures to get permission to make their portrait? I am always too shy to do that.

From Jessica in Center Valley, PA

 

I am photographing by a lake near my home and there are lots of commercial buildings that I do not want to reflect in the lake. Short of learning how to remove these reflections in post, is there something I can do to remove the reflections in-camera? Is that what an ND filter does?

From Cathy in Inver Grove Heights, MN

 

I’ve seen people on camera forums talking about super fast lenses - in the f/1.2 to f/1.8 range. Is it possible to use lenses like this wide open? Wouldn’t the depth-of-field be too narrow to accomplish much?

From Butch in Nashville, TN

 

I want to photograph planes taking off and landing at my local airport. Do I need special permission from anyone to do that?

From Alex in Gilbert, AZ

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)


And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

Camera and Inspiration #4 | PPN | July 28th, 2017

Jul 31, 2017 43:34

Description:

This is episode #4 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for July 2017.

 

Marco picks this month inspirational photographer: Robert Doisneau - French photographer (1912 - 1994). If the name does not ring a bell his most famous photo “The Kiss” probably will. He is considered a master of humanistic photography and has left us an incredible portfolio of amazing everyday street scenes from Paris that most people simply ignored or didn’t have an eye for. https://www.robert-doisneau.com/fr/portfolios/ Here is the link to the small Robert Doisneau photo book published by Taschen that Marco has mentioned on the show: ($9.99) https://www.taschen.com/pages/de/catalogue/photography/all/05288/facts.doisneau.htm With vacation time coming up, Scott and Marco discuss if you should bring a camera on your time off and what to consider to make this an enjoyable experience for yourself as well as the non-photographers that may travel with you. How to research the location in terms of photographic opportunities before your trip. Take the opportunity of not having a client decide what you should shoot, and try something totally different from your normal photography. Eliminating unnecessary gear by answering the why and what you want to photograph before you go on your trip. Less gear on a trip = less worries and more fun. Always keep that in mind! Use the opportunity to work on your visual storytelling skills by documenting your trip in a way, that 20 images describe the whole trip to a viewer without you having to write a single word to explain it. Scott’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: "Show Your Work! 10 Ways to Share Your Creativity and Get Discovered" by Austin Kleon. https://austinkleon.com/show-your-work/

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #4 | PPN | July 23rd, 2017

Jul 25, 2017 50:24

Description:

The More Gear Show topic this month is: Lenses - How to choose them and what to use them for.

Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter

Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website

 

Special Guest: Marco Larousse (http://www.MarcoLarousse.com)

 

On this month’s More Gear Show, Scott invited PPN  co-founder Marco Larousse to talk about a very important photography gear topic: Lenses

The lens is probably the most important- and could be the longest lasting gear investment that you can make in photography. We discuss these topics regarding lenses on this show: Lens philosophy - Should you buy fixed focal length primes or rather go for more versatile zooms? And what would be the reasons to choose either one? Creativity - What are the creative reasons that you should consider when choosing a new lens? Consider changing perspective or using unusual focal lengths for an extraordinary look in your images. Focal lengths - When to use what and how to get more use out of each lens for landscape, architecture, portrait, sports or bird photography. To image stabilize or not to image stabilize - There are good reasons why your lens may not need an IS.

 

Marco’s favorite lens picks:

Fujinon XF 16mm f1.4 R WR http://bhpho.to/2uPVpaZ with optional LH-XF16 metal lens hood http://bhpho.to/2utk1Uv Fujinon XF 56mm f1.2 R http://bhpho.to/2uPWsI4 Leica Summilux-M 35mm f1.4 ASPH http://bhpho.to/2utc8OS Canon TS-E 24mm f3.5 L II Tilt-Shift-Lens http://bhpho.to/2uQjyhO

 

Scott’s favorite lens picks:

Fujinon XF 90mm f2 R LM WR http://bhpho.to/2uszPa5 Canon EF 14mm f2.8 L II USM http://bhpho.to/2uQHIsC Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 300mm f4 IS PRO http://bhpho.to/2p34muh Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 75mm f1.8 http://bhpho.to/2qsh1Vu

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

Q&A #2 | PPN | July 18th, 2017

Jul 20, 2017 27:35

Description:

On this special Q&A episode, Scott answers many of the listener questions that he received after announcing his switch from the top of the line Canon full frame DSLR camera to a m4/3 system (Olympus OM-D E-M1 Mark II).

Scott discusses questions about these topics:

Why switch to a smaller format sensor camera? Does IBIS on sensor work as well as on a top of the line IS lenses for DSLRs? How does the AF of the Olympus compare to that of DSLRs? Is the EVF a limiting factor when shooting fast pace birds in flight? What about image quality when moving to a smaller sensor camera? What about the quality of the smaller m4/3 lenses compared to the big FF lenses? Are there enough accessories available for m4/3 cameras? Are there situations/genres where a smaller sensor m4/3 camera is not the first choice?

 

Host: Scott Bourne

Scott’s Website: www.ScottBourne.com

Scott on Twitter: @ScottBourne

We Shoot Mirrorless #4 | PPN | July 10th, 2017

Jul 13, 2017 47:45

Description:

On this #4 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for July 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

Marco shares his photo documentary “G20 Summit - Hamburg Under Siege”: https://www.marcolarousse.com/blog/2017/7/5/g20-germany-hamburg-under-siege Scott was a guest at This Week In Tech (TWIT) on episode #621: https://twit.tv/shows/this-week-in-tech/episodes/621?autostart=false CIPA camera sales numbers are up 34% year over year for May 2017. Leica announced the new Leica TL2 - a 24 MPix APS-C mirrorless interchangeable camera body that we discuss. Lensbaby announced the new Velvet 85mm f1.8 lens that comes with mounts for the following mirrorless camera systems: Sony E-mount, Fuji X-mount, and Micro Four Thirds mount. Hasselblad released FW 1.17.0 for their mirrorless medium format Hasselblad X1D 50c camera. The FW improves stability and operability. Nikon’s CEO announced that their first interchangeable mirrorless camera is in development. And it is supposed to beat the performance of existing mirrorless cameras. We share our thoughts about this announcement. Ricoh / Pentax seem to be in financial trouble as their core business is declining. What do they need to do to continue to be successful in the camera business? Lexar announced that they are pulling out of the memory card business and we discuss why we partially like and dislike this move for different reasons. Scott is publishing his “Eagle Monographs” book that is shipping soon and that you can pre-order here: www.ScottBourne.photography

 

We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.

 

We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: John Morrell with his photo “A Pillar of Zen” (click link).

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Camera and Inspiration #3 | PPN | June 28th, 2017

Jun 29, 2017 48:41

Description:

This is episode #3 for June 2017 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network”

Scott picks this month inspirational photographer: Georgia O’Keeffe (1887 - 1986) One of the most famous US painter of the 20th century. But Scott put a nice spin on her career and how her relationship to Alfred Stieglitz made her quite relevant even for modern photography. https://www.okeeffemuseum.org/about-georgia-okeeffe/ As the main topic, Scott and Marco discuss how less gear and a few other limitations can really help you to improve your photography and your creative vision. Limitation of gear seems to counter the current trend to use more and more gear. But in the discussion, you will hear many reasons where the limitation will actually be very beneficial to your photos and your photography experience. Bags can be a great help to limit the amount of gear that you can bring. Scott talks about the Cosyspeed Streetomatic Plus as a very unique and useful bag, that he uses for that reason. Limiting yourself to a certain area or topic will act as a creativity booster for you to really look for the subject and the story to tell. Marco gives some useful hands-on benefits why the beaten argument of using one camera and one lens can be extremely helpful in finding your vision and your style in photography. Scott shares some exercises for your “art brain”. Scott has a new “Eagle Monographs” book (limited quantity) that can be ordered here: http://www.ScottBourne.photography Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: Minutes to Midnight by Australian Magnum photographer Trent Parke. https://steidl.de/Books/Minutes-to-Midnight-1520325557.html

“Minutes to Midnight merges traditional documentary techniques and imagination to create a dark visual narrative portraying Australia with a mix of nostalgia, romanticism and brooding realism. This is not a record of the physical landscape but of an emotional one.”

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss many topics in the field of inspiration for photographers. The “why” and the “how” should always go together if you want to create meaningful photos with intent. On each show, they will also introduce you to an inspirational photographer and an inspirational photo book of the month.

More Gear Show #3 | PPN | June 21th, 2017

Jun 23, 2017 38:12

Description:

More Gear Show topic this month: Tripods

 

Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter

Email scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website

 

Special Guest:

Sharky James

PetaPixel Photography Podcast

http://www.PetaPixel.com/podcast

  

Fewer people use tripods than ever before. There are several reasons for that. Low-light camera performance has improved, image stabilization (both in camera and in lens) has become widely available and also improved. ISO ranges have become improved. But in my opinion, serious avian photographers should at least carry a tripod. 

To drive that point home, I think tripods are like lenses. You probably wouldn’t think of just owning one lens. Neither would I consider owning just one tripod. I think I have at least 10 different tripods in my gear closet right now. 

Here’s what you need to know:

 

BASICS 

There are many advantages to shooting with a tripod that cannot be overlooked. I believe that owning a tripod may be the single best step you can take to make better photographs. A properly designed (and used) tripod provides the opportunity for sharper images than hand-held shooting does. 

Camera movement is one of the biggest reasons that people come up with out of focus pictures. When using slower shutter speeds, the slightest camera movement can cause anything from a completely out of focus, blurry photo to a slightly soft image. Camera shake can only be solved by one of two methods. Image stabilization can solve it – although not as reliably as the second way – using a tripod. 

Another reason to use tripods is increased depth-of-field: When you want to work at smaller apertures, especially for those landscape and macro shots, you’ll need a tripod to hold the camera steady instead for those long shutter speeds. 

Tripods can also be extremely helpful (if not downright necessary) when shooting HDR or panoramic stitched images. Tripods help you maintain precise registration between frames. 

The other reason to own (and use) a tripod is that they tend to slow you down a bit and cause you to think; to be more deliberate and contemplative in your photography. That is where art happens. 

Last but certainly not least for bird photographers, if you’re using a big, heavy, telephoto lens a tripod is a must. 

I’d rather equip you with the concepts behind what to look for when buying a tripod, but if you just want to see my personal favorites, scroll down for my picks. If you want to think this through on your own, here are some things you need to know.

 

CONCEPTS

Tripods are measured by cost, weight, collapsed and extended height, overall size, load capacity, head type, feet, leg locks and materials. You need to know something about all of these concepts to pick the right tripod.

 

COST 

Let’s start with the elephant in the room. You get what you pay for. The cheap tripod you buy at the corner drug store is always going to be a waste of time. You might as well save your money and go to a movie. Unlike today’s cameras, where just about anything that costs $500 or more will produce incredible results, there are indeed some very crappy tripods out there. My goal here is to give you the basics on what to look for and help you avoid making the mistake of buying one of those crappy tripods and instead, point you to one that you can count on and that will last.

 

WEIGHT 

You want a tripod that’s strong enough to easily support your camera/lens but not any heavier than you want to carry. Carbon fibre tripods offer the same strength as steel tripods but weigh much less. They also cost much more. You want the beefiest tripod you can afford to buy and carry. Period.

 

COLLAPSED AND EXTENDED HEIGHT 

If you consistently shoot avian subjects, you may need to get a tall tripod that gets you a better angle. You also want to think about how many leg segments the tripod has. If it has three, chances are it won’t collapse well for travel. If it has six, it may be small enough when collapsed down to fit in your briefcase. Think about all these things when you select a tripod.


 

OVERALL SIZE 

This one is simple. Get a tripod that is tall enough for you to use. If you are seven feet tall, the typical five-foot-tall tripod won’t work for you. Likewise, unless you shoot from a ladder, there’s no need to buy a tall tripod if you are never going to shoot from that height.

 

LOAD CAPACITY 

This is a very important statistic to pay attention to. Load capacity is the manufacturer’s rating for the tripod’s ability to carry and appropriately support a certain weight load. If you put a camera that’s heavier than the maximum load capacity on a tripod, you run the risk of a piece breaking or collapsing, causing damage to both the tripod and the camera. So, it’s important to know how much your camera weighs with its heaviest lens, and buy a tripod that will handle it. 

Here’s a safe rule of thumb. If a tripod manufacturer says their tripod can handle 16 pounds of gear, assume it can only handle eight. That way you’ll never be disappointed. It’s been my experience that the manufacturers either on purpose or out of ignorance overestimate the weight carrying ability of most tripods.

 

HEAD TYPE 

Most high-end tripods don’t ship with a head. You can add whatever kind you like. Most of the professional photographers I know prefer what’s called an “Arca Swiss” tongue and grove ball head. Arca Swiss is a brand and it’s expensive. You can choose that brand or a less expensive brand that does the same thing. I like heads from Induro and Kirk Enterprises. These heads require you to get a camera and/or lens plate for each camera and large lens you own (smaller lenses don’t need a plate.) The plate locks onto the camera/lens using a secure allen wrench. This is much more secure and safe than the kind of plate that merely screws on with a thumb screw or a simple slot you can use to lock with a coin. 

Bird photographers with long, telephoto lenses will want to use a gimbal head instead of a ball head. The gimbal allows you to move a big, heavy lens easily and keeps it in place when you need stability. These are very expensive and require practice to get used to but they are worth their weight in gold if you use 500, 600, 800 or longer lenses. 

The less-expensive tripods tend to come with their own heads and generally, I haven’t found any that I really like that work as well as the Arca-Swiss style, so that’s what I recommend.

 

FEET 

Depending on how you use your tripod you may want feet that detach, that are replaceable or changeable. Outdoor photographers often want feet that can be used as spikes to stabilize the tripod’s placement. Indoor photographers may want rubber feet to avoid marring floors or even wheels to move the tripod easily. As usual, the more expensive tripods tend to come with more options. Be sure you get the most versatile feet you can so you can use your sticks in many environments.

 

LEG LOCKS 

There are generally two kinds of leg locks on tripods. Spiral and Flip Lever. There are pros and cons to both. Flip lever locks are quicker in the field but tend to fail sooner than spiral locks. Spiral locks tend to be slower in the field but last longer. Suffice it to say that the more you pay the better the leg locks will be whichever type you select.

 

MATERIALS 

This is another big factor in choosing a tripod. If you want to save money, go with an aluminum or steel tripod. You’ll get a lot of bang for your buck this way but you’ll pay for it with a sore back. These tripods will be heavy if they’re large enough to support large payloads. 

Carbon fiber is lightweight, sturdy and reliable. It’s also very expensive. If you can afford it – go with carbon fiber. You’ll get the same strength as steel with far less weight but for far more money.

 

(MONOPODS) 

I wanted to interject a quick note about monopods here. There are some places that won’t allow a tripod but will allow a monopod. There are also cases (like using super telephoto lenses) where you just need the monopod to steady the lens and take the stress off of your arms. In these cases you might substitute a monopod for a tripod. 

Monopods (also called unipods) are usually lighter and smaller than tripods, but don’t offer the same level of stability.

Monopods do offer some obvious advantages. They are less expensive than tripods and they are light enough to carry almost anywhere. They allow you to compose and shoot almost as fast as you would if you were hand-holding, where tripods require you to take more time. 

One way to make the monopod more valuable is to mount an Arca-Swiss style tongue and groove head on the monopod and a corresponding plate on the camera or lens. Kirk Photo is a good source for both. You can also buy less expensive knockoffs on Amazon.com. 

When using a monopod, I like to wear loose-fitting loafer style shoes and then I anchor the monopod inside my shoe against my foot for added stability. Another popular technique is to use your own two legs in conjunction with the monopod making a three-legged tripod. 

Many unipods can also be used as a chestpod, or beltpod, meaning that the foot of the unipod (sometimes with a special adapter) can rest on the belt, waist, or chest, of the photographer. The result is that the camera is held more steadily than by hand alone (though not as steadily as when the foot is planted on the ground), and the camera/unipod is completely mobile, traveling with the photographers movements.

 

If you just want to know what tripods I like, heres the list.

 

MY TRIPOD/MONOPOD PICKS 

NOTE: I am not saying these are the only tripods or monopods I like, or that other tripods aren’t good. I am saying that based on price and performance, these are MY safe picks in each category. I own or have owned, all of these tripods. I have no bias against or for any of these companies since I own and use so many different brands. None of these companies currently sponsor me. Ignore brand loyalty debates. Just pick the one that seems to fit your needs. Also note that many of these are expensive. There’s a reason for that. Cheap tripods either don’t do the job or don’t last so get a good one and get over it.

 

Induro Tripods GIT203 No. 2 Grand Series Stealth Carbon Fiber Tripod, 3 Sections (get the 3 series or the 4 series if you have large heavy DSLRs or medium format gear - get the 4 or 5 section version if you want extra height - they will all be more expensive than the one I am suggesting here.)

http://amzn.to/2trmnSb

 

Induro BHD3 Ballhead

http://amzn.to/2t6xBfm

 

Really Right Stuff TVC-23 Tripod

 

Really Right Stuff BH-40 Pro II Ballhead (This is the standard ball head I use most of the time)

 

Jobu Design BWG-J3K Junior 3 Gimbal Kit with Swing-arm HM-J2 (This is the gimbal I use most of the time)

http://amzn.to/2swLFBN

 

Gitzo GM2562T Series 2 Traveler Carbon Fiber 6 Section Monopod (Black) (This is the monopod I use most of the time)

http://amzn.to/2t6ytkm

 

Platypod Max - I use this in place of a tripod when I can.

http://amzn.to/2sJI9ng

We Shoot Mirrorless #3 | PPN | June 15th, 2017

Jun 16, 2017 59:43

Description:

On this #3 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics: 

Scott returned from a workshop in the Palouse and shares his landscape experience with his Olympus OM-D E-M1 Mark II.  Olympus contacted Scott and made him an “Olympus Visionary”. Scott shares how his ambassador title can benefit our show and our listeners.  Sony continues their lens lineup expansion and introduces two new wide angle E-Mount lenses: The Sony FE 12-24mm F4 G and the Sony FE 16-35mm f2.8 GM lens. We also discuss the overheating warning of the Sony a9 and the firmware update for this and other Sony cameras that came out recently.  Ricoh announced the WG-50 rugged compact with 5x zoomOlympus introduced the TG-5 with improved image quality and less megapixel.  And Nikon may ship the Coolpix W300 rugged compact with 4K video this summer.  DJI introduced the very small yet powerful Spark quadcopter (a.k.a. drone) for an amazing price of $499!  Scott discusses sensor size and depth of field misunderstandings and facts.  We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.  We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Stuart Paton with his untitled image (click link)

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :) 

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Q&A #1 | PPN | June 10th, 2017

Jun 12, 2017 53:01

Description:

Host Scott Bourne @ScottBourne

Co-Host Rick Sammon @ricksammon

 

Companies mentioned during the show:

 American Frame - https://www.americanframe.com

 Rick’s website - www.ricksammon.com

 

Question 1:

We are doing the standard-traditional-old frame + mat + print. We would love to hear what you have to say about display options. Do you always need a mat? What about printing with a large white border instead of a mat ... do suppliers do that ... is it suitable for display? What other display options should we be considering as opposed to the standard old frame-mat-print?

 From Jim in Vancouver, BC

 

Question 2:

I noticed that some of Scott’s photos look like paintings. What software do you use to accomplish that goal?

 We received this question from several people, thanks to Michael, Glenn, Dave, Wendy and Sam

 

Question 3:

I like to photograph people who run hospitals. I photograph board members, etc. I am trying to expand that business and am looking for ideas on how to get hired by more hospitals to make portraits of their execs.

 From Keith in Sitka, AK

 

Question 4:

I have heard many different viewpoints on the difference in DOF/Bokeh on full-frame cameras v. M43/APS-C cameras. Is the amount of light that passes through the lens at say f/8 the same on all formats?

 From Ellen in Los Angeles

 

Question 5:

I know that many of the folks like you have written and published photography books or had your images used in newspapers, books, magazines, etc. How does someone get noticed in today’s world where everyone has a camera?

 From Barb in Laughlin, NV

 

Question 6:

I hear that pros only shoot RAW. Is there ever a case for pros only shooting JPEGs?

 From David in Brooklyn, NY

 

Question 7:

Scott always says as camera to subject distance decreases, so does DOF. Can you explain that a little bit more and are there any exceptions at all?

 From Russ in Macon, GA

 

Question 8:

I primarily do street photography and have just bought my first mirrorless camera, a Fuji X100F. I love it but am experiencing an issue I don't get with my DSLR and that is motion blur. On the street in daylight I try to use 1/200th min shutter speed and have never had a problem with motion blur on the DSLR with people walking past. I have had several instances with the X100F where the person is sharp but a foot or hand blurs. Is this "a thing" with mirrorless shutters ?

 From Warwick (North Avoca, NSW Australia)

 

Question 9:

Should people use electronic shutter or mechanical shutters? I have heard that the use of electronic shutters can cause problems with third party lenses and also can cause what’s called rolling shutter.

 We received this question from several people, thanks to Jack, Ken, Jim and George

 

Question 10:

I’d like to get into digital medium format to shoot portraits. But what I want to achieve is that special look I see in old 6x6 or 6x7 film portraits. There is a kind of look, perspective or DOF to those, almost a "3D" look, that I can not see reproduced by modern digital medium format prints. Why is that so? Is there a way to achieve that look with digital medium format cameras?

 From Luciano Santo in Brazil

 

Question 11:

How important is it to get the flash off camera given the large number of flash diffusers you can now buy that allow flash shooters to create special effects. Is it still important to get the flash off the camera?

 From Dereck in Portland, OR

 

Question 12:

How do you know where to find wildlife - especially birds. I noticed Scott is able to photograph birds just about anywhere. I don’t see many birds where I live - or any wildlife for that matter. Is there a trick I am missing?

 From Elliot in Memphis, TN

Camera and Inspiration #2 | PPN | May 30th, 2017

May 30, 2017 54:47

Description:

On the "Camera and Inspiration" show, Scott and Marco talk about inspiration in photography and try to help you to take your camera out with more intent. On this episode they cover the following topics:

Marco picks this month inspirational photographer: Fan Ho (1931 - 2016) Chinese photographer, actor and film director. He is known as the Cartier-Bresson of the East. Please check out his amazing photographs here: http://www.fanhophotography.com/index.html As Scott and Marco are both believers that a photo isn’t finished until it has been printed, they have decided to focus this episode on having your images printed by a pro lab. Marco interviewed Marieke Goethe, PR Director of White Wall Lab (www.WhiteWall.com). White Wall has just been awarded “Best Photo Lab Worldwide” by the TIPA awards 2017. White Wall also produces the limited art prints for the Lumas galleries (www.LUMAS.com). So with just a few steps, you can have your images produced in art gallery quality. Scott's inspirational photo book of the month is called: William Eggleston “Guide”. The book contains the first color photographs that were accepted by the art world and displayed in many museums. The body of work contains images that may seem to document the banality of ordinary objects and daily life and can be an inspiration for anyone who thinks that there is nothing interesting to photograph in their neighborhood.


Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:
On the monthly "Camera and Inspiration" show, Scott and Marco discussed the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today’s media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

More Gear Show #2 | PPN | May 20th, 2017

May 22, 2017 38:15

Description:

On this “More Gear Show” #2 episode, Scott discusses Camera bodies and invites a second opinion from Allan Weitz, host of the B&H photography podcast.

This episode is sponsored by: Sponsor: Photoplugins.net - use code PHOTOPLUGINS at MacPhun to save $10 off both Luminar and Aurora - or 10% off any MacPhun product.

 

Follow PPN on Twitter to have a chance at future prizes - @Photopodcasts

 

Links to some of the products discussed in this show:

Sony Alpha a9 camera

Olympus OM-D E-M1 Mark II camera

Nikon D500 camera

Nikon D750 camera

We Shoot Mirrorless #2 | PPN | May 10th, 2017

May 15, 2017 53:13

Description:

On this “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

Scott returned from a workshop in Arizona and shares some AF tips for bird photography. A bit of feedback from NAB Sony introduces a new flagship mirrorless camera. The a9 is aimed at the pro sports photography market and has some impressive specs, but is that enough to win the pro market? We share our thoughts about it. Sony introduces the new FE 100-400mm f4.5 - 5.6 GM OSS lens. Fuji announced two new lenses for its GFX 50s mirrorless medium format camera. The GF 23mm f4 WR and GF 100mm f2 WR will ship in late June 2017. Fuji also announced a new GF lens roadmap with a GF 45mm f2.8 WR for late 2017 and a telephoto prime as well as a teleconverter for 2018. The GFX will also receive a FW update to improve AF in difficult lighting situations and improve exposure compensation options. Listener Michael shared a helpful product for Fuji X-Pro2 users who are affected by the “eyecup gate”. The company JJC produced aftermarket standard rubber eyecups for the X-Pro2 (EX-XPRO) and even a version for people who wear glasses (EF-XPROG). Olympus introduced firmware updates for the E-M1 Mark II, E-M5 Mark II and PEN-F as well as some updates for lenses. Panasonic also offers a FW update (v1.1) for the GH5 and introduced the Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 8-18mm f2.8-4 ASPH lens. Ricoh showed off a 4K-capable Theta 360° camera at NAB that allows for live streaming as well as a 4-channel mic to record surround audio. Listener Laurence asked which mirrorless camera works best for indoor sports with fast moving action and bad light? We have a We Shoot Mirrorless group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Martin Griffett with his image “Shadows at Leith Hill.”

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

Please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the Photo Podcast Network show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.

Camera and Inspiration #1 | PPN | April 30th, 2017

Apr 30, 2017 47:23

Description:

On the "Camera and Inspiration" show, Scott and Marco talk about inspiration in photography and try to help you to take your camera out with more intent. On this episode they cover the following topics:

A warm welcome to the new "Camera and Inspiration" episode at Photo Podcast Network. Scott picks this month inspirational photographer: Diane Arbus (1923 - 1971) American photographer and photojournalist. She is known as one of the early photographers to focus on "marginalized" people of society. Her "An Aperture Monograph" book is one of the most sold photo books in history. And the movie "Fur" (2006, starring Nicole Kidman) tells a fictional version of her life. Do check Diane's work out, she was a true master and still is an inspiration to today's photographers. Why are we so attached to photography? We talk about the documentary gene that make people want to record their daily lives for future generations - dating back to the cave man. Scott shares some tips to help photographers become better at the craft of photography by following some simple advises that he wished he had known when he started with photography: Pay attention to the background. Know your gear backwards and forwards. Wait on the light. Slow down. Get to know your subject REALLY well. Marco's inspirational photo book of the month is called: MOONFIRE by Norman Mailer and is published by TASCHEN (350 pages ca. US-$ 40 / EUR 30). The book documents the probably single most historic event of the 20th century: The moon landing of Apollo 11 on July 20th, 1969. The book has an amazing image quality for 1969 film photography! It's a well-structured visual documentary of the events that lead to the moon landing.

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

About this show:
On the monthly "Camera and Inspiration" show, Scott and Marco discussed the art, history and motivation in photography that often gets lost in today’s media rich world. Slow down, look closer and put more intent into photography to increase your creativity and final results. And simply spread the pure love of photography.

More Gear Show #1 | PPN | April 20th, 2017

Apr 20, 2017 35:08

Description:

On this “More Gear Show” episode, Scott discusses Camera Bags and interviews Mike Sturm, co-founder and designer at Think Tank Photo.

This episode is sponsored by: Photoplugins.net - use code PHOTOPLUGINS at MacPhun to save $10 off both Luminar and Aurora - or 10% off any MacPhun product.

Follow PPN on Twitter to have a chance at future prizes @Photopodcasts

Links to products discussed in this show:

B&H Generic Camera Bag Pages

Scott’s favorite camera bags:


Amazon Basics DSLR and Laptop Backpack

Think Tank Photo Airport Takeoff 2

Think Tank Photo Video Workhorse 21 Shoulder Camera Bag

Pelican 1614 Waterproof 1610 Case with Dividers

Pelican 1510 Carry On Case with Divider Set

THE VEST GUY Scott Bourne Mesh Photo Vest

Tenba Messenger: Large Photo/Laptop Bag

Peak Design Everyday Messenger 15"

We Shoot Mirrorless #1 | PPN | April 10th, 2017

Apr 9, 2017 48:03

Description:

On this “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:

A warm welcome to the new Photo Podcast Network at www.PhotoPodcasts.com Who are we and why have we started the PPN - Photo Podcast Network? Why are we doing a show only related to mirrorless cameras and photography? What are the advantages and disadvantages of mirrorless cameras compared to DSLR cameras? Marco has recently sold his Fuji X-Pro2 and shares ten reasons, why he was unhappy with the camera. And Marco shares which new camera (click link) he bought to replace his X-Pro2. Scott answers two listener questions. One related to a camera update to DSLR or mirrorless and one related to his experience with the AF settings of his new Olympus OM-D E-M1 MK II camera, and if these will also work on lower end models from Olympus? Scott has a new site that is sharing information on photo plugins called: http://www.photoplugins.net We have a brand new We Shoot Mirrorless group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Rafael Garcia Marquez with his image: “Note to self… Trust your instincts.”

 

Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)

And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.

 

For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne

For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam

 

About this show:

On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the Photo Podcast Network show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.